The Project Gutenberg eBook of A brief grammar of the Portuguese language with exercises and vocabularies

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this eBook.

Title: A brief grammar of the Portuguese language with exercises and vocabularies

Author: John Casper Branner

Release date: July 26, 2026 [eBook #79190]

Language: English

Original publication: New York: Henry Holt and Company, 1910

Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/79190

Credits: the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by The Internet Archive)

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A BRIEF GRAMMAR OF THE PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE WITH EXERCISES AND VOCABULARIES ***

A BRIEF GRAMMAR

OF THE

PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE

WITH

EXERCISES AND VOCABULARIES

BY

JOHN C. BRANNER, PH.D., LL.D.

Vice-President and Professor of Geology

Leland Stanford Jr. University

Sometime Geologist of the Commissão Geologica do Brazil and of the Serviço Geologico do Brazil

NEW YORK

HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY

1910

COPYRIGHT, 1910,

BY

HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY

TO

RICHARD CUTTS SHANNON

PREFACE

This little book has been prepared for the use of English-speaking students who wish to get a practical knowledge of the Portuguese language. The plan of Professor Edgren’s Brief Spanish Grammar has been followed, in many respects almost literally. Many Portuguese grammars have been consulted, but the ones most freely drawn from are the thirteenth edition of João Ribeiro’s Grammatica Portugueza, published at Rio de Janeiro in 1907, and the twenty-sixth edition of the Nova Grammatica Portugueza by Bento José de Oliveira, published at Coimbra in 1904.

It is not claimed that there is much that is new or original in the work. The author has simply endeavored to follow the best Portuguese grammarians, and his own observations and experience with the language, in an effort to make it readily accessible to English-speaking students and in as compact a form as possible. It has been kept in mind that such a work, in order to be useful, must keep practical points in view even at the expense of the erudite and more scholarly features of the language. The book is purely elementary; those who require a thorough knowledge of the philologic and philosophic features of the tongue should consult the more pretentious works.

Near the end of the volume a few short examples are quoted from several of the best Portuguese authors. These examples are taken partly from Brazilian and partly from Portuguese writers.

It may be well to say here that the idea one often hears expressed to the effect that the Portuguese of Brazil is not good Portuguese is altogether erroneous. It is true that one hears purely local terms and expressions in various parts of Brazil,[1] but so he does in Portugal and, for that matter, in all languages and in every other part of the world. The language used by the educated Brazilians is just as correct in the main as that used by the educated Portuguese. The difference between the Portuguese spoken in Brazil and that spoken in Portugal is similar to the difference between the English of North America and the English of England—one about which the foreigner need not seriously concern himself.

Portuguese is a remarkably phonetic language, and one accustomed to the difficulties of the English, or even of the French, must be impressed with the comparative simplicity of its spelling. Examples of the chief orthographic difficulties are given at paragraph 13, pages 21-22. Those who are interested in this subject should consult the scholarly work of A. R. Gonçalves Viana entitled Ortografia Nacional, published at Lisbon in 1904. Of late years there has been some agitation in favor of orthographic reform, and the Brazilian Academy promulgated in 1907 certain rules which, if followed, would still further tend to simplify spelling. These rules, however, do not appear to have been taken seriously as yet. The Brazilian scholar who has given most careful and most practical attention to this matter of Portuguese spelling is Professor M. Said Ali, of Rio de Janeiro. He has published a Vocabulario orthographico in which rules for greater simplicity are laid down, and the words about which there is any question are all given. The spelling given by Professor Said Ali has been followed in the present work. In cases where two spellings have been or are used, cross-references are made in the vocabulary.

The chief object of this book is to encourage and facilitate the study of the Portuguese language and literature by English-speaking people. It is not a little remarkable that the language has not been cultivated more by English and American scholars.[2] It is generally regarded as the most Latin of all the Latin tongues, and it certainly is a virile one, and has a “classic solemnity that distinguishes it from all other living languages.”[3] In addition, the literary, historical, and philological treasures of the Portuguese commend it to the thoughtful attention of scholars the world over, while the increasing commercial importance of Portuguese-speaking nations entitle it to respectful consideration and study for commercial, political, and diplomatic reasons.

For many corrections and valuable suggestions the author gratefully acknowledges his indebtedness to the able Brazilian historian, Capistrano de Abreu, and to the distinguished grammarian, Professor Said Ali, who have kindly read the manuscript. For any errors, oversights, or other shortcomings of the work, however, these gentlemen are in no way responsible.

J. C. BRANNER.

STANFORD UNIVERSITY, CALIFORNIA.

FOOTNOTES:

[1] As an example see “Colleção de vocabulos e frases usados na Provincia de S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul” por Antonio Alvares Pereira Coruja. Revista do Instituto Historico e Geographico do Brazil, XV, 210-240. Rio de Janeiro, 1852.

[2] Sir Richard Burton makes this comprehensive remark about the popular Anglo-Saxon idea of the Portuguese: “As a rule we dislike the language because it is nasal, and we have a deep-rooted and most ignorant idea that Portuguese, the most Latin of all the neo-Latin tongues, is a ‘bastard dialect of Spanish.’” (Burton’s Highlands of Brazil, I, 15.)

[3] Almeida Garrett. Obras Completas, XXI, 7.

CONTENTS

PAGE

P REFACE

v

T HE PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE

1

I.

S OUNDS AND ACCENTS

4

Alphabet

4

Pronunciation

5

Vowels

5

Diphthongs

6

Nasal sounds

7

Consonants

7

Dialectical

11

Accent marks

12

Tone accent

13

Quantity

19

Syllabication

19

Capital letters

20

Orthography

21

II.

A RTICLES

23

Definite article

23

Contractions

23

Syntax

24

Indefinite article

25

Syntax

26

III.

N OUNS

26

Inflection

26

Plural formation

27

Plurals only

28

Compound words

28

Varied meanings

29

Gender

30

Masculine

30

Feminine

31

Common terminations

32

Nouns of opposite sexes

34

Related

35

Unrelated

35

Identical

35

Closely similar related nouns

35

Similar unrelated nouns

37

Qualifying suffixes

38

Augmentatives

41

Diminutives

41

IV.

A DJECTIVES

43

Plural

43

Feminine

43

Comparison

44

Irregular comparisons

47

Augmentatives and diminutives

47

Syntax of nouns and adjectives

48

V.

N UMERALS

50

Cardinals

50

Ordinals

51

The fractions

52

Multiplication

53

Numeral substantives

54

Idioms with the numerals

54

VI.

P RONOUNS

56

Personals

56

Use of the third person

57

Reflexive

58

Duplication

58

Syntax of the personal pronoun

59

Possessives

61

Demonstratives

63

Determinatives

64

Interrogatives

65

Relatives

66

Indefinite

67

VII.

V ERBS

69

Conjugations

69

Terminations of the regular verbs

70

Model verbs

72

Observations on the regular verbs

75

Auxiliary verbs

76

Conjugation of the auxiliary verbs

79

Irregular verbs

81

Reference list of irregular verbs

82

Variable participles of regular verbs

88

List of verbs having participles of two forms

89

Defective verbs

91

Subjects of verbs

91

Impersonal verbs

93

Prepositions required by verbs

94

Objects of verbs

96

Special uses of verbs

97

Periphrastic verb phrases

98

Reflexive verbs

99

Imperative and subjunctive

100

The subjunctive and the indicative

101

Personal infinitive

102

VIII.

T HE INDECLINABLES

103

Adverbs

103

Special cases

105

Negation

107

Double negative

107

Interrogation

108

Prepositions

108

Conjunctions

113

Interjections

114

Abbreviations

115

Similarity of words

117

IX.

E XERCISES

119

Examples of style

157

Os Santos Evangelhos

157

Alexandre Herculano

159

Almeida Garrett

162

Joaquim Nabuco

163

Julia Lopes d’Almeida

165

Gonçalves Dias

169

Marquez de Maricá

170

Luis de Camões

173

V OCABULARIES

177

Portuguese-English Vocabulary

179

English-Portuguese Vocabulary

210

PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR

THE PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE

The Portuguese language[4] was evolved principally from the popular Latin spoken in the Portuguese part of the Spanish peninsula after the Roman conquest in the second century before Christ. Only a few words of the former Celtic dialects spoken there were preserved in the later Portuguese. The subsequent Gothic invasion also introduced a few words of Germanic origin, while the religious life of the people led to the introduction of certain words of Greek origin.

In the eighth century the Moors invaded the Spanish peninsula, and for several hundred years occupied portions of that region. This long contact of the Moors with the inhabitants of Portugal naturally resulted in the introduction into the Portuguese language of a good many words of Semitic origin; most of these words have as a prefix the Arabian article al, such as algodão, cotton; alfinete, pin. It was during the long Gothic and Arabian occupancy that the Latin spoken in western Spain appears to have gradually taken on the form of a distinct language that was spoken the whole length of the region now known as Portugal.

The oldest-known documents in the Portuguese language date from the last quarter of the twelfth century—about the time the Portuguese monarchy was founded. It was only in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, however, that it became a literary language, and took on permanent form.

A few words were introduced from the French and others from the Provençal, while translations from the Latin introduced many words and idioms from that language, partly, it is supposed, through the pedantry of the translators. The Spanish language, on account of its literary vogue, and on account of the proximity of its people and the similarity of the two tongues, necessarily reacted upon the Portuguese. This vogue was so marked that during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries many Portuguese authors wrote in Spanish. The explorations of the Portuguese navigators into the newly discovered parts of the world led to the importation of some foreign words, and, at the same time, carried colonists and established the language in Asia, Africa, and South America.

In the sixteenth century the first Portuguese grammars were published by Fernão de Oliveira and João de Barros, and these works materially helped to fix the language.

It is said that of the living languages of Latin origin the Portuguese most closely resembles the Latin. This is due to the fact that Portugal, on account of its geographic position, has not been affected by contact with the rest of the world so much as Italy, France, and Spain.

In recent years, however, the increased facilities for international communication, the demands of commerce and the requirements of various enterprises and technical industries, and the spread of interest in certain sports have caused the introduction of words from various foreign tongues. In many cases the foreign words themselves have been adopted but in others the words have been more or less modified.

FOOTNOTES:

[4] Condensed chiefly from the Grammatica historica da lingua Portuguesa por Antonio G. R. de Vasconcelloz. Lisboa, 1900.

I. SOUNDS AND ACCENTS

ALPHABET

1. The Portuguese alphabet is the same as the English except that it contains no w.

Following are the Portuguese names of the letters together with their approximate pronunciations.

LETTERS

PORTUGUESE NAMES

PRONUNCIATIONS WITH ENGLISH VALUES

a

a

ah

b

be

bay (short)[5]

c

ce

say (short)[5]

d

de

day (short)[5]

e

é

ay (as ea  in health)

f

effe or fê

éffe or  fay

g

ge or ji

hjay (hj = French j)[5]

h

agá

agáh

i

i

ee

j

jóta

hjóta (hj = French j) or zh

k

ka

kah

l

elle or lê

élle[6] or  lay

m

emme or mê

émme[6] or  may

n

enne or nê

énne[6] or  nay

o

ó

o (as in nor)

p

pe

pay (short)[5]

q

que

kay (short)[5]

r

erre or rê

érre[6] or  ray

s

esse or si

ésse[6] or  see

t

te

tay (short)[5]

u

u

oo (as in poor)

v

ve

vay (short)[5]

x

xiz or xê

shiz or  shay

y

ypsilon

ypsilon

z

ze

zay (short)[5]

NOTE.—The letter w is only used in the foreign words in which it occurs. It is called dobleú, very much as in English.

PRONUNCIATION

2. Vowels.—For the most part the vowels are pronounced separately, so that each one forms a syllable. The only exceptions to this rule are the nasal diphthongs.

The sounds of the vowels are characterized as long, short, open, close, and nasal.

SOUNDS OF THE VOWELS

PHONETIC VALUES

APPROXIMATING THE ENGLISH

EXAMPLES

a

long

a  in farther

sofá

short

u  in but

boca, festa

nasal

manso

The a-sounds differ in quantity rather than quality.

PHONETIC VALUES

APPROXIMATING THE ENGLISH

EXAMPLES

e

open

ea  in health

café  (so accented)

close

a  in table

sello (sometimes accented, as mercê )

short (or mute)[7]

e  in winter

caracter

nasal

ai  in paint

pente[8]

i

long

ee  in bee

frío

short

i  in it

quási

nasal

i  in pin

injusto

o

open

o  in not

pó  (so accented)

close

o  in note

boa, avô  (so accented)

short (or mute)[9]

o  in block

locação, cravo

nasal

o  in long

pómpa

u

long

ue  in blue

perú

short

oo  in boot (only shorter)

tríbu

nasal

oo  in room

túmba

u is silent when preceded by q and followed by e or i: aqui (pr. akee).

y is pronounced ee as if it were i long; it is nasal when followed by m, as tympano. Y is much used in Brazil in words of Tupy origin, as Ivahy, Apody.

3. Diphthongs.—It is customary to regard as pure diphthongs such vowel combinations as ae in pae, ai in vai, au in pau, ei in lei, eo in deo, eu in breu, oe in heroe, iu in viu, oi in boi, ui in fui. It is to be noted, however, that these combinations are pronounced, not as single sounds, but as if the letters were sounded separately yet with a slight abbreviation from the full values of the separate vowels.

The true diphthongs are known in Portuguese as the nasal diphthongs. These are ãe as in mãe, ão as in mão, õe as in põe, ũi as in muito. (Muito, however, is a unique case.)

4. Nasal Sounds.—There are nasal sounds for most of the vowels. These are indicated either by the nasal diphthongs or by the single vowels followed by m or n, as tão or tam, bem, sim, bom, um. These words are pronounced as if they ended with an English ng in which the g is not heard. Tão is pronounced nearly as if written towng with the ng sound omitted or cut short. Bem is pronounced as if written beng, but without the g being sounded; um as if written oong but omitting the g sound.

All syllables ending in em, en, im, in, õ, om, on, um, and un have the nasal sound whether at the end of a word or followed by a consonant.

5. Consonants.—The consonants not mentioned here are pronounced as in English.

b is silent in subdito, subject (pronounced as if written súdito), and in subjeitar, an old form of sujeitar.

ç with the cedilla (cedílha) is soft as in French. The cedilla is used to soften the sound of c before a, o, and u: calças (pr. as if written cálsas).

c is silent when followed by t or c: activo (pr. as if written ativo), acção (pr. as ação). Except convicto, pacto, fricção, convicção.

ch has the sound of sh in she: chá (pr. as if written shah); before consonants and in words of Greek origin it has the sound of k: Christo (pr. as Krísto).

g is hard before a, o, and u in all cases; before e, i, and y it has the sound of the French j: gelo (pr. as if written hjelo).

When g would ordinarily precede e or i, u is added before those vowels in order to give or preserve the hard sound: entregar, to deliver, has entregue for the past participle, thus preserving the hard g sound.

g when followed by n is silent: in the words signal (as if sinal) and signalar and words beginning with assign: as assignar, assignatura.

h has no sound of its own in Portuguese; it is not a letter, properly speaking, but an etymological mark or sign. It has a value, however, in connection with c, l, n, and p, which see.

j is pronounced as in French, like g in midge.

lh is pronounced like lli in million. In writing and printing these two letters belong to the syllable whose vowel follows and must be kept together. The syllables of cordilheira are cor-di-lhei-ra; of filha they are fi-lha.

m at the end of a word or syllable is nasal. Bem is pronounced as if spelled beng, but without the final g-sound; bemdito (pr. bengdeeto, but with the g silent).

In some words the m is apparently silent on account of the nasal sound: damno (pr. as if written dánno).

n never ends a word in Portuguese except irman, sister, iman, magnet, hyphen, colon, and certain antiquated forms like christan for christã;[10] when it precedes final s it is nasal.

nh is sounded like ni in union, that is like the Spanish ñ, the Italian gn, or the French gn: banho, bath, lenha, fire-wood. In syllabication these two letters, when so pronounced, always belong with the vowel that follows them: lenha is divided le-nha.

There are a few words, however, which are compounded of the prefix an or in, in which the nh is not so pronounced or written: such as anhydro, inhabil, inhalar, inhibir, inhumano.

p is silent before t: prompto (pr. as if spelled prónto); escripto (pr. as if written escríto). Except that the p is pronounced in captar, raptar, optar, repto, and mentecapto. In exempção also the p is silent (pr. izenssão).

ph is pronounced like f: photographia (pr. as if spelled fotografía).

q is always followed by u, and always has the sound of k. Qu varies somewhat: before a and o the u is sounded, as quando (pr. kwándo); but before e and i the u is used with the q only for the purpose of producing or preserving the k sound and is therefore not heard: quer (pr. ker); aqui (pr. akee).

EXCEPTIONS: the u is sounded in consequencia, frequente, equestre, antiquíssimo. It is also allowable to sound the u in questão.

r has two sounds: when it begins a word, or is double, it is rolled as in French or Spanish: río, érro; in other positions it is pronounced by striking the tongue lightly against the roof of the mouth almost as if pronouncing the letter d: arara (pr. nearly as if spelled adada but with the d approaching the English r-sound). Except: that the single r is rolled after l, m, n, s: honrar, tenro, genro, Henrique, melro, chilrar.

s has the soft or hissing s-sound, and that of soft z. It has the z-sound when it stands between vowels: rosa, casa (pr. as if spelled róza, cáza). Except in cases of compound words where it has the s-sound.

It has the soft s-sound in most other cases.

th has the sound of t: theoria is pronounced as if written teoria.

w is used only in foreign words and should be pronounced as in the language from which those words are taken.

x has several sounds as follows:

1. like the English ks in words ending in ex, ix, and ux, fixar and its compounds and derivatives, flexão and related words such as flexibilidade and sexo, fluxo, maximo, and lexicologia (index and appendix are pronounced índes and appéndes in addition).

NOTE.—There are, however, some local differences in the pronunciation of some of these words: flexão properly pronounced fleksão, in Bahia is pronounced flechão.

2. like s when followed by c, t, or p: extenso, excepto (pr. as if esténso, escépto).

3. like z when preceded by e and followed by a vowel or by h and a vowel: exemplo (pr. ezémplo); exercito (pr. ezército); exhausto (pr. ezausto).

4. It is like ss or ç in trouxe, anxiedade, syntaxe, defluxo.

5. At the beginning of words, and in places other than those mentioned above, it is pronounced like the English sh; most cases fall under this rule: xarope (pr. as if sharópe); exministro (pr. as if written eijminístro); baixo (pr. báisho); lixo (pr. leesho).

DIALECTICAL

6. In certain parts of Portugal one hears many pronunciations that are purely dialectical. In Minho for example the people generally say binho instead of vinho, wine, and sordado instead of soldado, soldier. In Traz-os-Montes they say tchapeo for chapeo, hat, tchave for chave, key, djente for gente, folks; the caipiras or backwoodsmen of the state of São Paulo in Brazil have a similar pronunciation which was probably introduced from Portugal.[11] See the example quoted in the exercise at page 166.

In Portugal as a rule the quantity of the short syllables is perceptibly shorter than in Brazil. Sobrado, perigo, and pessoa are so pronounced in full in the latter country, while in Portugal they are commonly pronounced s’brado, p’rigo, and p’ssoa. The d is pronounced in Brazil nearly as it is in the English language, but in Portugal it frequently has a strong resemblance to the English th in these, so that desde in Portugal sounds very like thézthy, and dedo, like dáytho, the th being soft like that in though.

7. Slang.—Like other languages Portuguese has its slang words or expressions; such words and expressions are called calão, gíria, or geringónça. Some of them are not Portuguese but simply fantastic expressions; for the most part, however, they are the ordinary words of the language used in some figurative or special sense. For example, estar na bagagem literally means to be in the baggage, but it is a slang expression used in regard to a person who is behindhand, or who is a slow coach. Mandachuva, one who orders the rain, is slang equivalent to the American expression political boss.[12]

ACCENT MARKS

8. The cedilla is used with c to show that that letter has the soft c sound.

The tilde (~) is used to show that the vowel over which it is placed is a nasal. It is only used over a and o.

The acute accent (´) and the circumflex (^) are used:

1. To show the position of the tonic accent, especially in homonyms where there is a chance of mistaking one word for another, as esta, this, and está, it is; séria, serious, and sería, would be.

2. To indicate contractions: em relação á (for a a) idéa, with regard to the idea.

NOTE.—The omission of the accent sometimes entirely changes the meaning of a sentence; for example, matar a sede means to quench one’s thirst, while matar á sede means to kill with thirst. In the second sentence the á is a contraction of the preposition a, by or with, and the article a, the.

3. To indicate what are called open (´) and close (^) sounds of the vowels e and o: café, mercê, paletó, avô.

TONE ACCENT

(See Exercise III, page 121)

9. Tone accent is a matter of so much importance in Portuguese that it is often quite impossible to understand the spoken language when the accents are improperly placed. Take as an illustration the word sabia: the accent may make it sábia, a learned woman, sabía, I knew or he knew, or sabiá, the Brazilian robin.

This kind of a case is not exceptional. In speaking the language, therefore, it is of the utmost importance that the accent be properly placed.

The tone accent always falls on one of the last three syllables. There is an apparent exception to this rule in the enclitic monosyllables which are joined to certain other words, as digo-lhe, I tell you; gosta-lo, to like it. In these instances the addition of this enclitic does not change the position of the accent even when it falls on the syllable preceding the antepenult. Example: fála-se-lhes.

a. There are no short and compact rules for guidance in the placing of the tone accent, and to almost every rule formulated there are many exceptions. The greatest number of words have it on the penult; fewest have it on the antepenult. The following suggestions may be found useful. For the accents of verbs see the models at § 107, pages 72-75.

b. The following words take the accent on the final syllable:

1. Those ending in the nasal diphthongs:

ão,[13] except bénção, frángão, órfão, and órgão;

ãos;

ães;

ões.

2. Words ending in

i, except álcali, espermacéti, quási;

l, except words of Latin origin ending in ilis, as dócil, fácil, hábil, útil, and those ending in vel: amável, agradável, crível, nível;

im;

r, except assúcar, cadáver, cáncer, carácter, éther, júnior, mártyr, néctar, súlphur, and a few foreign words like repórter and revólver;

u, except tríbu;

y, except júry, tílbury;

z.

c. The following have the accent on the penult:

1. Erudite forms from the Greek ending in ia: as democracía, geología, philosophía, autopsía,[14] etc. Except the following which take it on the antepenult: comédia, polícia, encyclopédia, geodésia, estratégia, necrománcia, pharmácia.

2. Words ending as follows:[15]

LIST OF WORDS HAVING THE ACCENT ON THE PENULT

ENDING

EXAMPLE

-aco-a

velhaco

-aço-a

bagaço

-acho-a

despacho

-acto-a

contacto

-ado-a

delgado

-ade

idade

-ago-a

estrago

-age-em

estalagem

-aldo

ribaldo

-alo-a

exc.  escándalo, sándalo

-alho-a

soalho

-ama

panorama

-ame

arame

-ampo-a

estampa

-ança

balança

-anco-a

alavanca

-ando-a

contrabando

-anho-a

campanha

-ano-a

porcelana

-anto-a

adianta

-ante

abundante

-arco-a

comarca

-ardo-a

mostarda

-argo

amargo

-aro

amparo, exc.  pássaro

-arro-a

cigarro

-asso-a

devasso

-asto-a

nefasto

-aste

contraste

-ato-a

combata

-ate

abacate

-avo-a

escravo

-axo-a

(see acho )

-eço-a

aconteça

-edo-a

brinquédo

-ego-a

exc.  tráfego

-eiro

ferreiro

-eite

leite

-eito

respeito

-ejo-a

gracejo

-elho

evangelho

-ello-a

cancello-a

-elo

cogumelo

-emo

extremo

-eme

leme, exc.  íngreme

-ença

nascença

-endo-a

legenda

-enho-a

engenho

-enso-a

imprensa

-ense

cearense

-ento-a

alimenta

-ente

presente

-erso-a

conversa

-erto-a

concerto

-essa

impressa

-esto

modesto

-eto-a

completo

-ete

canivete

-exa

perplexa

-eza

baroneza

-ice

velhice, exc.  ápice, vertice, obice

-icho

rabicho

-iço-a

roliço

-ife

recife

-igo-a

exc.  código, pródigo

-ilho-a

quartilho

-ilo-a

crocodilo

-imba

cacimba

-indo-a

tamarindo

-ingo-a

domingo

-ino-a

pepino

-into-a

precinto-a

-inte

ouvinte

-ique

alambique

-ira

caipira

-isco-a

marisco

-ismo-a

fatalismo

-iso

paraiso

-isto-a

revista

-istro

registro

-ite

limite, exc.  trámite

-ivo-a

objectivo

-ixo-a

suffixo

-izo-a

prejuizo

-oa

canoa, exc.  nódoa, névoa

-oço-a

almoço

-ode

pagode

-ogo-a

fogo

-oito-a

biscoito

-olho-a

escolho

-olo-a

viola, exc.  frívolo, malévolo

-olto-a

revolta

-olvo

revolvo

-oma

diploma

-ombo-a

quilombo

-ona

azeitona

-onça

geringonça

-ondo-a

redondo

maribondo

-onga

oblonga

-onha

vergonha

risonha

-ono

abandono

-onto-a

affronta

-onte

horizonte

-oque

reboque

-ora

espora, exc.  víbora, ámphora, cánfora

-orço-a

esforça

-orma

reforma

-orme

conforme

-orno-a

contorno

-orro-a

cachorro

-orto-a

morto

-orte

consorte

-oso

caprichoso

-osso

colosso

-osto-a

desgosta

-oto-a

gafanhoto

terremoto

-ote

serrote

-uco-a

caduco

maluco

-udo-a

agudo

-ude

altitude

saude

-ugem

ferrugem

-uega

Noruega

-ulho-a

embrulho

-umo-a

resumo

-ume

betume

-uno-a

gatuno

-umno-a

alumno

-undo-a

fecunda

-unho-a

testemunho

-uncto-a

defuncta

-upo-a

chalupa

-uque

batuque

-uro-a

figura

-urro-a

empurra

-uso-a

confusa

abuso

-usto-a

robusta

arbusto

-uto-a

enxuto

-ucto

fructo

-upto

corrupto

d. The following take the accent on the antepenult:

1. Masculine nouns from the Greek such as astrónomo, geólogo, philósopho.

2. Absolute superlatives in -imo: illustríssimo, óptimo.

3. Words ending as in the following:

LIST OF WORDS HAVING THE ACCENT ON THE ANTEPENULT

ENDING

EXAMPLE

-acio

palacio

-aculo

espectaculo

-afico

biografico

-aia

praia

-alo (few )

escandalo, exc.  badálo

-ancia

abundancia

-andega

alfandega

-ania

subterrania

-anico

vulcanico

-antico

romantico

-astico-a

elastica

-atico-a

aquatico

-eio-a

passeio

-elico

evangelico

-encia

corpulencia

-enito

congenito

-erico-a

generica

-erio-a

materia, exc.  bateria

-errimo

miserrimo

-etico-a

magnetico

-etrico-a

geometrico

-fugo

centrifugo

-geno-a

indigena

-icio-a

sacrificio

-icie

superficie

-iculo-a

agricola

-idio-a

suicidio

-ifero

montifero

-ifico

magnifico

-igero

belligero

-ilio

exilio

-inio-a

dominio

-irio-a

delirio

-itico-a

politica

-itimo-a

legitimo

-ivoro

carnivoro

-odico

methodico

-ogico

logico

-ogio

relogio, exc.  elogío

-ographo

geographo

-olico-a

diabolico

-oloio

espolio

-ologo

geologo

-onico-a

carbonico

-onio-a

demonio

-onymo-a

enonymo

-ore

arvore, marmore

-orico-a

categorico

-orio-a

historia, exc.  categoría

-otico-a

narcotico

-uncio-a

pronuncio

-undio-a

gerundio

-unio

importunio

-uo

melifluo, exc.  amúo

-uria

penuria

-usculo

maiusculo

e. There is a natural tendency in Portuguese to avoid placing the accent as far back as the antepenult; so much so that words thus accented are called esdrúxulos, a word of Italian origin (sdrúcciolo, slippery) which is used figuratively in Portuguese to mean odd, strange, extravagant. The esdrúxulos are few in number and are nearly all erudite forms.

QUANTITY

10. The tonic or accented vowels are always long; the atonic or unaccented ones are generally short: útil, agradável.[16]

SYLLABICATION

(See Exercise IV, page 123)

11. In syllabication,

a. Diphthongs cannot be separated.

b. Monosyllables cannot be divided.

c. The consonant combinations lh, nh, rh, and ph cannot be separated from each other or from the following vowels with which they form syllables: ma-nhã, ba-ta-lha, phi-lo-so-phí-a.

d. A consonant between vowels belongs with the second one: na-ríz, bár-ba-ro.

e. G and q followed by u remain with the vowel that follows: guin-das-te, qual-quer.

f. Double consonants are separated: bel-lo, af-fli-cto.

g. Mute letters, c in ch, t in th, g in gn, t in ct, t in pt, go with the following vowel: ar-chi-tec-tu-ra, pan-the-is-mo, si-gnal, fru-cto, ca-pti-vo, ex-em-pto.

h. In nasal syllables m and n generally belong with the preceding vowel: bem-di-to, man-so, dan-sar.

i. But when m is followed by n both of these letters belong with the following vowel: so-mno, da-mno.

j. Compound words are divided according to their elements: sub-stan-ti-vo.

CAPITAL LETTERS

12. The rules for capitals are the same in general as in English; except that adjectives derived from proper names and eu, I, are not written with capitals save for some other reason such as at the beginning of a sentence: francez, French; inglez, English. This rule is not invariable, however, and one sees the proper adjectives sometimes with the capital and sometimes without. The use of the capital in such cases is regarded by some authors as more strictly the Portuguese custom.

In addressing persons as Senhor, Senhora, Vossa Senhoria, Vossa Santidade, etc., it is the custom to begin these words with capitals. But capitals are not used when a person is referred to without the name, as o sr. engenheiro tomou conta da estrada.

ORTHOGRAPHY

13. Portuguese orthography is remarkably phonetic, and after a little practise one can usually spell correctly words heard for the first time. The etymology of the words, however, is not lost sight of, though some writers adhere more closely to the etymology while others tend toward phonetic simplification.

The only exceptions to the phonetic writing of vowel sounds are:

1. That unaccented o is generally pronounced like u short, as bonito (pr. as if bonítu).

2. Unaccented e is often pronounced like i short, as doce (pr. as if dóci).

a. The following will serve as examples of words spelled in different ways. For present purposes either spelling may be regarded as correct.

ETYMOLOGICAL SPELLING

PHONETIC SPELLING

MEANING

apprender

aprender

to learn

approximar

aproximar

to approach

charidade

caridade

charity

commigo

comigo

with me

dicto

dito

said

edade

idade

age

egreja

igreja

church

eschola

escola

school

escripto

escrito

written

logar

lugar

place

There are also many antiquated forms found in old books such as:

he for é

is

hum, huma for um, uma

a or  one

sam for são

are

b. It is to be expected that the spelling of the present day should differ considerably from that of the sixteenth century, but aside from these differences one finds certain variations (called syncretic forms) that often puzzle the beginner. These come chiefly from the equivalence of the diphthongs ou and oi. The following is a list of the most common syncretic forms. Either form is allowable.

LIST OF COMMON SYNCRETIC FORMS

açoute

açoite

whip-lash

cousa

coisa

thing

couro

coiro

leather

doudo

doido

crazy

dous

dois

two

lousa

loisa

paving slate

mouta

moita

coppice

noute

noite

night

ouro

oiro

gold

thesouro

thesoiro

treasure

vindouro

vindoiro

future

c. On the whole the tendency is toward the phonetic spelling, a tendency that has lately received much fresh impulse. These variations, however, are not to be regarded as license to spell words in any way.[17]

FOOTNOTES:

[5] In these words the ay is not drawn out; for example the day has the sound of day in Friday.

[6] These words take the tonic accent on the first syllable; the final e is short.

[7] Unaccented e at the beginning or end of a word and before s and a has the phonetic value of i short: bréve = brevi; estíma = istíma; egual = igual; veádo = viádo; leão = lião.

[8] The e is nasal when followed by n, as in desenho, tenha, bens; it also sounds as if written ei when followed by j, as desejo, igreja, seja, veja, etc., which are pronounced as if written deseijo, etc.

[9] Unaccented o at the end of a word is equivalent to u short: póvo = póvu.

[10] It has lately been proposed in favor of orthographical reform that short final syllables now ending in ã shall be written an, as iman, firman, orphan, and the long ones shall end with the ã, as irmã, manhã, and allemã.

[11] Julio Ribeiro, Grammatica Portugueza, 9-10.

[12] A giria Brazileira, “Brazilian Slang,” is the title of an interesting little book published at Bahia in 1899 by an able Brazilian scholar.

[13] It was formerly the custom to write the final syllable of the third person plural of the first conjugation ão, thus ámão, amávão, amarão, amaríão. In these cases the accent does not fall on the final ão except in the future amarão. It is now the custom to end these words in am, reserving the ão, for the future which is accented according to the rule.

[14] In Rio de Janeiro they say autópsia.

[15] This list might be extended, but the exceptions become too numerous for convenience.

[16] Professor Said Ali kindly adds the following important note regarding this rule: When the tonic vowel is followed by c, f, p, rr, ss, or t, it is short. Compare bote, bode; mato, medo; faca, vaga.

[17] The most comprehensive study of modern Portuguese orthography is Ortografia nacional, simplificação e uniformização sistematica das ortografias portuguesas. Por A. R. Gonçalvez Viana. Lisboa, 1904.

II. ARTICLES

DEFINITE ARTICLE

(See Exercise V, page 125)

14. The definite article has gender and number to agree with its noun.

MASCULINE

FEMININE

ENGLISH

Singular

o

a

the

Plural

os

as

the

The Spanish form of the definite article is used in two instances: El-Rei, the King, and Eldorado.

15. Contractions.—The articles combine with certain prepositions as follows:

a. a, to, combines with the different forms of the article making ao, á, aos and ás, to the.

b. de, of, combines with them forming do, da, dos, and das, of the.

c. em, in, combines with them to form no, na, nos, and nas, in the (instead of em o, em a, etc.).

d. per, by, combines with them forming pelo, pela, pelos, and pelas, by the. Polo and pola are antiquated forms.

USE OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE WITH PREPOSITIONS

Singular

Plural

MASC.

FEM.

MASC.

FEM.

a

to

ao

á

aos

ás

to the

de

of

do

da

dos

das

of the

em

in

no

na

nos

nas

in the

per

by

pelo

pela

pelos

pelas

by the

16. Syntax of the Definite Article.—The definite article is used as a determinative: o menino, the boy; o bom, the good.

It is used before certain proper geographical names, especially those of rivers, mountains, seas, etc.: a França, France; o Téjo, the Tagus; o Andes, the Andes; o Atlantico, the Atlantic.

In Brazil this rule is not universally followed. The names of the states of Parahyba and Bahia are used with the feminine article, while the article is not generally used with the names of the states of Pernambuco, Alagôas, Sergipe, São Paulo, Santa Catherina, Minas Geraes, and Mato Grosso.

It is used familiarly before the names of persons: onde está o João? where is John?; o Guimarães chegou, Guimarães has come.

It is used before pronouns and possessive adjectives: o meu chapeo, my hat; a tua vontade, thy will. In this case the article may be omitted in familiar style. It is also omitted in speaking of one’s kin, as meu pai, my father, not o meu pai, unless emphasis is required, when it is used.

It is inserted before nouns used in a general sense where in general, all, every may be understood: o ouro é mais precioso que a prata, gold is more precious than silver.

It is used to indicate time and season: ás duas horas, at two o’clock; no inverno, in winter.

It is used before nouns of weight and measure: dois milreis o kilo, o metro, two milreis a kilo, a meter.

It is used before the names of languages: estudando o portuguez, studying Portuguese; entendo o francez, I understand French.

It is used after verbs denoting possession: estou com as mãos sujas, my hands are soiled; tem os olhos pretos, he (or she) has black eyes.

It is used after todo in both numbers: todo o homem é mortal or todos os homens são mortaes, all men are mortal.

It is used before certain titles: O Senhor Costa, O Coronel Sampaio.

It is omitted before the titles Sua Majestade, His Majesty; Vossa Alteza, Your Highness; Vossa Senhoria.

It is omitted before numerals used as titles: Carlos quinto, Charles the fifth.

It is omitted with appositional nouns: é filho do Coronel, he is the son of the colonel.

(For demonstrative pronouns having the same forms as the definite articles see § 65c. and § 87.)

INDEFINITE ARTICLE

(See Exercise VI, page 126)

17. The indefinite article has gender and number to agree with its noun.

MASCULINE

FEMININE

ENGLISH

Singular

um

uma

a, an[18]

Plural

uns

umas

some

18. Contractions.—The indefinite article combines with em in forming num, numa, nuns, and numas (in place of em um, etc.).

It also combines with de, of, forming dum, though this is generally written d’um.

The old form of the indefinite article was hum, huma, etc. The indefinite article has a negative form nenhum, none, which still retains the h that one often sees in the old forms.

a. Syntax of the Indefinite Article.—The indefinite article always precedes its noun or its substantive adjective, as uma pessoa, a person; um desconhecido, an unknown person.

b. The indefinite article is omitted:

1. Before predicative nouns denoting what a person is: seu amigo é general, his friend is a general; elle assentou praça, he enlisted.

2. After verbs of possession or denoting condition: estou com fome, I am hungry; tenho bom apetite, I have a good appetite.

3. After various indefinites, outro, tal, certo, tanto, semelhante, etc.: tal dia, tal noite, such a day, such a night; foi sem dizer palavra, he went without saying a word.

4. After an exclamatory que: que bella noite, what a fine night.

FOOTNOTES:

[18] The indefinite article um, uma, should not be confused with the cardinal number which has the same form in the singular (see page 50) but has no plural.

III. NOUNS

INFLECTION

19. Portuguese nouns have no case forms; they distinguish in form only between singular and plural.

PLURAL FORMATION

(See Exercise VII, page 127)

20. The plural is formed by adding s to the singular: amigo, friend, pl. amigos; casa, house, pl. casas.

To this rule there are the following exceptions:

1. Final m changes to n before the final s: homem, man, pl. homens.

2. Final ix and ex change to ice before the final s: index, pl. indices; appendix, pl. appendices.

3. Final r and z add e before the final s: mar, sea, pl. mares; cruz, cross, pl. cruzes.

4. Final al, ol, and ul are changed to aes, oes, and ues: sal, salt, pl. saes; dedal, thimble, pl. dedaes; anzol, fish-hook, pl. anzoes; paul, swamp, pl. paues.

Except that consul, mal, cal, real (money) have for plurals consules, males, cales, and reis.

5. Final el is changed to eis: papel, paper, pl. papeis; annel, ring, pl. anneis. Mel, honey, becomes either meis or meles.

6. Final il, when the word has the acute accent, is changed to is: barril, barrel, pl. barris; funil, funnel, pl. funis.

When, however, the word has the grave accent the final il is changed to eis: dócil, docile, pl. doceis; fóssil, fossil, pl. fósseis.

a. Nouns ending in ão form the plural in three ways:

1. Most nouns ending in ão change ão to ões: acção, acções.

2. A few add s to the singular: these are mão, irmão, pagão, orfão, orgão, sotão, temporão, vão, zangão.

3. A few others change ão to ães: escrivão, notary, pl. escrivães. These are allemão, cão, capellão, capitão, catalão, charlatão, deão, ermitão, escrivão, guardião, pão, sacristão, tabellião.

b. Nouns ending in s have the same form in the plural: o pires, os pires, the saucers; o caes, os caes, the quays. Except Deus, cos, and simples (drug) become deuses, coses, simplices.

c. When the accent of a word ending in ão is grave, the plural is always in ãos: órgão, organ, pl. orgãos; and similarly benção, blessing; accordão, sentence of a court; sotão, attic.

21. Plurals Only.—Many nouns are used only in the plural. Such are

algemas , fetters

alviçaras , rewards

annaes , annals

arredores , environs

calças , trousers

calendas , calends

ceroulas , drawers

confins , confines

completas , complin

exequias , funeral rites

expensas , costs

ferias , holidays

manes , shades

matinas , matins

nonas , nones

nupcias , nuptials

trevas , darkness

viveres , provisions

22. Compound Words.—Compound words generally have the plural form for the final word when one of the components has an adverbial sense: salvo-conducto, pl. salvo-conductos; linguas neo-latinas, neo-Latin languages; jornaes luso-brasileiros, Portuguese-Brazilian journals; guarda-sol, sunshade, pl. guarda-soes; contra-veneno, antidote, pl. contra-venenos.

a. Compound words take the plural in both parts when they both represent functions belonging to the noun: surdo-mudo, deaf-mute, pl. surdos-mudos.

b. As in English some nouns are plural but are used only in a singular sense: Montes Claros fica na planicie, Montes Claros is on the plain.

Compound words united by de usually take the plural in the first part only: flor-de-lis, pl. flores-de-lis.

c. Plural nouns that take the article, however, are used in the plural: os Alpes ficam na Suissa, the Alps are in Switzerland; os Estados Unidos fizeram guerra, the United States made war.

23. Varied Meanings.—Some names change their meaning with the change of number. These correspond to similar changes that take place in the English language as illustrated by the words iron and irons, liberty and liberties.

SINGULAR

MEANING

PLURAL

MEANING

bem

well, good

bens

property

côrte

court

côrtes

congress, tribunals

dote

dowery

dotes

accomplishments

ferro

iron

ferros

shackles

filho

son

filhos

children (or  sons)

honra

honor

honras

solemnities

letra

letter

letras

literature

liberdade

liberty

liberdades

impertinence

molhado

wet

molhados

groceries

pai

father

pais

parents

parte

part

partes

parties (judicial )

secco

dry

seccos

dry-goods

zelo

zeal

zelos

jealousy

GENDER OF NOUNS

(See Exercise VIII, page 128)

24. Gender is grammatical, and all nouns are either masculine or feminine.[19]

The gender of words is sometimes determined by meaning and at other times by termination.

There are no rules covering all cases, and there are many exceptions to those given below.

25. Masculine.—The following are masculine:

1. Nouns denoting males and their offices and occupations: o homem, the man; o cavallo, the horse; juiz, judge; pai, father.

NOTE.—In the names of animals having two genders the masculine form is generally used to designate the species: o lobo, the wolf.

2. Nouns not implying sex distinction and ending in

á (a with acute accent) sofá, tafetá, chá (except a pá, shovel or spade).

é (except chaminé, fé, galé, maré, ré, sé).

i (except lei, law, grei, flock).

o (short or mute). This does not refer to the ending ão.

ó (accented o) for the most part. The following, however, are feminine: enxó, adz; mó, millstone; avó, grandmother; filhó, cake; ilhó, eyelet.

l (except cal, lime, cathedral, moral, pastoral).

m (except ordem, order, and those ending in gem).

r (except colher, spoon; côr, color; dôr, pain; flôr, flower).

s (except those used only in the plural and ending in as: andas, arrhas, cocegas, and a few in es: preces, ephemerides).

3. Nouns ending in ote and ume are generally masculine.

Examples: dote, chicote, lume, costume, betume.

4. Infinitive verbs are masculine when used as substantives: o andar do cavallo, the gait of the horse.

5. Masculine are the names of seas, rivers, lakes, and mountains, of the letters of the alphabet, of the numbers, the months, the points of the compass, and the notes in music.

26. Feminine.—The following are feminine:

a. Nouns denoting females and their names and occupations: a vacca, the cow, mãi, mother, costureira, seamstress, rainha, queen.

b. NOTE.—In cases of sex distinction there are generally two forms, as moço, young man, moça, young woman, poeta, poet, poetisa, poetess. There are, however, some words which have the same form for both genders, such as martyr, jovem, and tigre, which may be either masculine or feminine.

c. In some cases there is no masculine form of a noun: rã, frog, abelha, bee, formiga, ant, aguia, eagle, onça, panther, cobra, snake, truta, trout, mosca, fly. When it becomes necessary in such cases to indicate sex, it is done by use of the word macho, male, or femea, female; o salmão macho, the male salmon, or a onça femea, the female panther; o corvo macho, the male crow.

d. Nouns not implying sex distinction ending in:

a or ã. Except dia, day, mappa, map, and words from the Greek ending in ma: aroma, clima, climate, diploma, dogma, emblema, idioma, poema, thema, problema, symptoma, epigramma.

ade, as caridade, charity.

ude, as virtude. Except alaude, ataude, açude, almude, grude.

gem. Except pagem, page, and selvagem, savage, which may be of either gender.

ie, as planicie.

27. Common Terminations.—The following terminations are common to both genders: Words ending in

az

Masc. alcatraz, ananaz, anthraz, cabaz, cartaz, gaz, lilaz, rapaz .

Fem. paz, tenaz .

ez

Masc. arnez, convez, freguez, jaez, mez, pez, revez, xadréz .

Fem. altivez, honradez, fez, mudez, pequenhez, rapidez, redondez, rez, solidez, surdez, tez, timidez, torquez, vez .

iz

Masc. almofariz, giz, matiz, nariz, paiz, pleuriz, tapiz, verniz .

Fem. buiz, cerviz, cicatriz, codorniz, matriz, perdiz, raiz, sobrepelliz .

oz

Masc. albernoz, algoz, aljaroz, arroz, cadoz, coz, retroz .

Fem. foz, noz, voz .

uz

Masc. alcaçuz, alcatruz, arcabuz, capuz, cuzcuz, lapuz, obuz .

Fem. cruz, luz .

e

Masc. broche, café, carcere, codice, corte, dente, epitome, tapete, traquete, valle, vertice .

Fem. arte, ave, chave, corte, crise, fé, fome, libré, lide, nave, neve, ponte, ralé, rede, saude, sé, sebe, sede, sege, torre, torrente .

ão

Masc.

I. Augmentatives, even though derived from feminine original. Examples: caixão (caixa), portão (porta), mulherão (mulher ).

II. Those in ão and not derived from words of the third declension of the Latin: coração, grão, sabão, siphão, trovão .

Fem.

Words so ending derived from words of the third declension in the Latin: acção, constituição, dicção, execução, feição, instituição, legião, lentidão, mansidão, multidão, opinião, rebellião, região, resolução, servidão, solidão, união. (But pão from panis and sermão from sermo  are both masculine.)

28. Nouns of Opposite Sex. (See Exercise IX, page 129.)—Nouns denoting individuals of opposite sex may be either related, unrelated, or identical. They are

a. Related when the feminine form is derived from the masculine either

I. By adding a to the masculine form:

auctor , author

auctora , authoress

cantor, singer (male )

cantora, singer (female )

inglez , Englishman

ingleza , Englishwoman

senhor , gentleman

senhora , lady

NOTE.—A few nouns in r have two feminine forms, as lavrador, lavradora, or lavradeira; cantor, cantora, or cantatriz. There is also a tendency to change final or to eira, as trabalhador, trabalhadeira.

II. By changing final o or e to a, as

hospede, guest (male )

hospeda, guest (female )

mano , brother

mana , sister

mestre, teacher (male )

mestra, teacher (female )

moço , young man

moça , young woman

parente , kinsman

parenta , kinswoman

III. By changing the terminal to inha, essa, eza, neza, ola:

barão , baron

baroneza , baroness

conde , count

condessa , countess

gallo , cock

gallinha , hen

hespanhol , Spaniard

hespanhola , Spanish woman

principe , prince

princeza , princess

b. Related but irregular forms of nouns of opposite sex are the following:

MASCULINE

FEMININE

avô , grandfather

avó , grandmother

dom , sir, lord

dona , lady

frade, friar (ant. freire )

freira , nun

ladrão , thief

ladra , woman thief

perú , turkey-cock

perua , turkey-hen

rapaz , lad

rapariga , girl

rei , king

rainha , queen

réo , defendant

ré , female defendant

c. Unrelated when not derived from the same word:

boi , ox

vacca , cow

cavallo , horse

egua , mare

genro , son-in-law

nora , daughter-in-law

pai , father

mãi , mother

d. Identical when the same word may be of either gender:

camarada (m. or f. ), companion.

jovem (m. or f.), a young man or  young woman

guia , guide

sentinella , sentinel

29. Closely Similar Related Nouns.—The Portuguese contains many nouns that are related in form and meaning, yet distinct in sex and significance. Following are some of these words:

MASCULINE

bago

barco

bodo

caneco

cantharo

carreiro

cerco

cesto

cevo

chuço

cimo

cinto

corno

encosto

fabrico[20]

folho

fosso

friso

fruto

gorro

grito

horto

jarro

lanço

lenho

madeiro

marujo

modo

pago

poço

ponto

porto

ramo

ribeiro

rio

sacco

saio

sapato

tacho

taleigo

trilho

troco

vallo

veio

The feminine forms differ only in ending in a instead of o.

In each case these nouns contain the same fundamental idea, but the sense of the feminine form is more general, while that of the masculine is more specific. For example fruta is used for fruit in general, while fruto refers to one kind of fruit; madeiro is one kind of madeira (wood), and bago is one kind of a baga (berry).[21]

30. Similar Unrelated Nouns.—There are other words that bear a similar resemblance to each other, but which have no genetic relations and have widely different meanings. Such are:

MASCULINE

MEANING

FEMININE

MEANING

banho

bath

banha

lard

barro

clay

barra

bar (of stream )

caso

case

casa

house

espinho

thorn

espinha

spinal column (but espinhas de peixe , fish-bones)

escolho

cliff

escolha

choice

peito

breast

peita

bribe

prato

plate

prata

silver

queixo

jaw

queixa

complaint

solo

soil

sola

sole leather

The same word sometimes occurs as a noun, adjective, or verb; in such cases the nature of the word is indicated by the context.

31. There are still other words that are spelled precisely alike, but differ from each other in gender and in meaning. Following are some of these words:

MASCULINE

MEANING

FEMININE

MEANING

o capital

principal (money )

a capital

chief city

o chrisma

ointment

a chrisma

sacrament of confirmation

o cura

curate

a cura

cure

o guarda

warder

a guarda

care

o lingua

interpreter

a lingua

tongue

o lente

lecturer

a lente

lens

o sota

groom

a sota

queen (at cards )

QUALIFYING SUFFIXES

(See Exercise X, page 130)

32. Suffixes are extensively and effectively used to modify and extend the meaning of nouns and adjectives, and even of verbs. In these cases the meaning of the parent word is carried over in some modified form to the new word. It should be noted, however, that these suffixes do not have, as a rule, such exact meanings as do the prefixes. Most of the suffixes are directly from the Latin, while ista, isme, ite, and izar are from the Greek. Only the more important of them can be mentioned here.

EXAMPLES

TERMINATION

ORIGINAL WORD

MEANING

WITH SUFFIX

MEANING

-ada

limão

lemon

limonada

lemonade

marmelo

quince

marmelada[22]

marmalade

mulher

woman

mulherada

a lot of women

baixo

low

baixada

low ground

faca

knife

facada

a knife cut

-agem

homem

man

homenagem

homage

vassalo

vassal

vassalagem

vassalage

-al

café

coffee

cafezal

field of coffee

(The z in cafezal  is for the sake of euphony.)

banana

banana

bananal

field of bananas

milho

corn

milhoral

field of corn

-ado

consul

consul

consulado

consulate

-cida

rei

king

regicida

king-killer

formiga

ant

formicida

ant-killer

-aria

cavallo

horse

cavallaria

cavalry

porco

hog

porcaria

filth

-ario[23]

botica

apothecary’s shop

boticario

apothecary

-eiro-a[24]

mina

mine

mineiro

miner

chá

tea

chaleira

teakettle (or  kettle)

(The l in chaleira  is for euphony.)

-ense

Brasil

Brazil

brasiliense

Brazilian

-ez

França

France

francez

French

-eza

rico

rich

riqueza

riches

pobre

poor

pobreza

poverty

-ude

quieto (adj. )

quiet

quietude (n. )

quietude

-udo

This suffix expresses abundance or intensity, as

cabeça

head

cabeçudo

big-headed, pig-headed

beiço

lip

beiçudo

thick-lipped

-or

orar

to orate

orador

orator

falar

to talk

falador

talker

trabalhar

to work

trabalhador

laborer

33. Many other suffixes are so nearly like forms in English that they will be recognized, such as those ending in ficar corresponding to the English fy: clarificar, to clarify, purificar, to purify, classificar, to classify; others ending in mente corresponding to the English ending ly, as grandemente, grandly, claramente, clearly, escuramente, darkly; and in ista corresponding to the English ist, as capitalista, a capitalist, dentista, socialista, etc. Many words ending in orio correspond approximately to English words ending in ory: consistorio, repertorio. Many endings in ico correspond to the English ending ic, as artistico, symbolico; many in avel, evel, and ivel correspond to the English endings able and ible, as notavel, veneravel, indelevel, risivel, terrivel. The termination ivo often corresponds to the English ive, as instructivo, executivo.

34. The infinitives of verbs are often used as plural nouns: dizer, to say, os dizeres, the sayings; poder, to be able, os poderes, the powers.

AUGMENTATIVES

35. Augmentatives are formed by the addition of the suffixes ão, arão, aça, anha, az, azio, and ona as here illustrated.

ORIGINAL

MEANING

AUGMENTATIVE

MEANING

casa

house

casarão

big house

monte

hill, heap

montanha

mountain

mulher

woman

mulheraça

big woman

porta

door

portão

gate

rapaz

boy

rapagão

big fellow

rato

rat

ratão

big rat

nariz

nose

narigão

big nose

a. An additional augmentative effect is produced by giving a masculine ending to a feminine noun: mulherão, an enormous woman or an amazon.

b. The augmentatives sometimes convey an idea of ridicule or irony. For example, ratão is used as a slang expression for a queer fellow.

DIMINUTIVES

(See Exercise XI, page 131)

36. Diminutives are formed by the use of the following suffixes:

SUFFIX

ORIGINAL

MEANING

DIMINUTIVE

MEANING

-inho-a

livro

book

livrinho

little book

-zinho-a

mão

hand

mãozinha

little hand

-eto-a

folha

leaf

folheto

pamphlet

-ito-a

mosca

fly

mosquito

gnat

-ote

camara

room

camarote

cabin (on ship )

-ola

fazenda

estate

fazendola

a small farm

-ulo-a

corpo

body

corpusculo

molecule

-ino-a

pequeno

small

pequenino

very small (boy)

-ete

pobre

poor

pobrete

rather poor

-ilho

cinto

belt

cintilho

hat-band

-im

camara

room

camarim

dressing room (of theater )

-ella

costa

side

costella

rib

-ejo

lugar

place

lugarejo

small town

-isco

chuva

rain

chuvisco

drizzling rain

37. A still further arbitrary diminutive effect is produced by a repetition or drawing out of the syllables of the usual diminutives, as pequenininho or pequeninozinho, very, very small.

38. Another class of diminutives includes certain proper names. These, however, do not always imply smallness, but they are used as terms of endearment or compassion and as nicknames. The names for José are: Zé, Zezé, Zéca, Zezinho, Josezinho, Zequinho, Júca, Juquinha, Jóca, Cazuzo, Zuza, Zuca, Zuzu; for Francisco are used: Chico, Chiquinho, Chichi, Francisquinho, and Francisquito; for Anna are used: Anninha, Anninhas, Annazinha, Naninha, Nicota, Annicota, Annica, Annóca, Nanóca, Anniquita, Naná, Ná, and Nazinha; for João they are Janjão, Joãozinho, Jóca, Joanninho, Noca; for Maria they are Mariquinha, Maroca, Mariasinha, Marica, Mariquita.

FOOTNOTES:

[19] Neuter Gender.—Strictly speaking there is no neuter gender in Portuguese, but certain words have been called neuter (and also common gender) by some grammarians. Such forms are the impersonal definite pronouns isso, isto, aquillo, and tudo. The cardinal numerals also have no gender except um úma, dois duas, and those compounded of cento as duzentos-as, trezentos-as.

[20] The accent in this case is also changed from fabríco to fábrica.

[21] Julio Ribeiro in his Grammatica Portugueza, page 84, says that the feminine form of several of these words indicates always an increase of volume or size.

[22] This word has been adopted into the English language with a meaning very different from its original one which was a preparation from the quince.

[23] -ario is the erudite form of -eiro; many of the words so ending correspond to the English termination ary, as secretario, sanctuario, vocabulario.

[24] This ending is especially useful and is easily managed. It corresponds in part to the English ending er as illustrated in the words bank, banker, but it has a wider application in Portuguese, as for example: pedra, stone, pedreira, stone quarry, pedreiro, quarryman, and sometimes stone mason; sapato, shoe, sapateiro, shoemaker. The common names of many trees are similarly derived from the names of their fruits: pécego, peach, pecegueiro, peach-tree; coco, the coco-nut, coqueiro, the coco-palm.

IV. ADJECTIVES

(See Exercise XII, page 132)

39. The adjectives have gender, number, and degree of comparison.

a. They agree in gender and number with their nouns; mulher sensata, a sensible woman, homens velhos, old men.

b. When mesmo and proprio are used in connection with a pronoun they must agree with the noun so represented. Eu mesmo or eu mesma according as the speaker is masculine or feminine.

c. When there is more than one noun, the adjective usually agrees with the last one: desejos e virtudes puras, pure aims and (pure) virtues.

d. When the nouns have different numbers the adjective is generally plural: os soldados e o seu chefe cheios de coragem, the soldiers and their leader, full of courage.

e. There may be a plural noun with singular adjectives expressing parts as, as grammaticas portugueza, franceza e ingleza.

PLURAL

40. Adjectives form their plurals like nouns: bonito, handsome (f. bonita), pl. bonitos (f. bonitas); facil, easy, pl. faceis. (For the various plural endings see § 20.)

FEMININE

41. Adjectives have the feminine in a, or remain unchanged according to the following rules:

a. Adjectives with the masculine ending in o change that vowel to a: bello, fine, f. bella.

b. Adjectives ending in ão either drop the o: as são, f. sã, or change the ão to ona as chorão, chorona; sabichão, sabichona; valentão, valentona.

c. Adjectives ending in r (except particular, singular, and comparatives which are unchanged) add a: encantador, charming, f. encantadora.

d. Proper adjectives ending in z and l add a: francez, f. franceza, French; hespanhol, f. hespanhola, Spanish.

e. Those ending in eu change to ea: hebreu, f. hebrea, Hebrew (but judeu becomes judia and sandeu becomes sandia). Those ending in u add a: cru, f. crua; nu, f. nua.

f. Other adjectives have the same form in both genders: facil, m. f., easy; feliz, m. f., happy; azul, m. f., blue; melhor, m. f., better; cortez, m. f., courteous; prudente, m. f., prudent; ruim, m. f., bad.

g. The following, however, are irregular:

MASCULINE

FEMININE

MEANING

bom

boa

good

mau

má

bad

COMPARISON

(See Exercise XIII, page 133)

42. The regular comparative adjectives are formed by placing mais, more, or menos, less, before the positive: escuro, dark, mais escuro, darker, or menos escuro, less dark.

43. The relative superlative is formed by placing the definite article before the comparative form: o mais escuro, the darkest.

44. The absolute superlative is derived directly from the Latin and has the termination imo. The precise formation varies according to the termination of the positive from which it is derived:

I. When the positive ends in al, il, r, or u, add issimo: natural, naturalissimo; habil, habilissimo; singular, singularissimo; cru, cruissimo.

II. When the positive ends in vel, that ending becomes bilissimo: notavel, notabilissimo.

III. When the positive ends in om or um, the m is changed to n before the final issimo: bom, bonissimo; commum, communissimo.

IV. When the positive ends in ão, that termination becomes anissimo: são, sanissimo; but christão, christianissimo.

V. When the positive ends in az, iz, oz, the final z is changed to c before the issimo: audaz, audacissimo; feliz, felicissimo; veloz, velocissimo.

VI. When the positive ends in e or o these terminations change to issimo: excellente, excellentissimo; alto, altissimo.

a. Positives ending in co and go change those letters to qu and gu before issimo in order to retain the hard sounds: rico, riquissimo; vago, vaguissimo.

b. The following are exceptional absolute superlative forms derived from Latin roots:

acre

acerrimo

amigo

amicissimo

aspero

asperrimo

celebre

celeberrimo

christão

christianissimo

cruel

crudelissimo

difficil

difficillimo

doce

dulcissimo

facil

facillimo

fiel

fidelissimo

frio

frigidissimo

livre

liberrimo

misero

miserrimo

nobre

nobilissimo

pobre

pauperrimo (coll. pobrissimo )

sabio

sapientissimo

sagrado

sacratissimo

salubre

saluberrimo

similhante

simillimo

TABLE OF COMPARISON

POSITIVE

COMPARATIVE

ABSOLUTE SUPERLATIVE

RELATIVE SUPERLATIVE

alto , high

mais alto,[25]  higher

altissimo , highest

o mais alto , the highest

grande , great

mais grande[26]

grandissimo

o mais grande

secco , dry

mais secco

sequissimo

o mais secco

c. In colloquial Portuguese certain superlative forms are used to strengthen an expression or statement, as mesmissima cousa, precisely the same thing. (See § 93.) One even hears such expressions as coisissima nenhuma, not the slightest thing, though, strictly speaking, a noun does not admit of such comparison. Portuguesissimo is sometimes used to mean very thoroughly Portuguese.[27]

d. The absolute superlative may also be expressed by the use of various adverbs, mui or muito, very, bastante, quite, or summamente, exceedingly.

e. The relative superlative takes de, of: o mais valente de todos, the bravest of all.

f. Comparatives of superiority or inferiority take que, de que and do que, than: mais bello do que a rosa, more beautiful than the rose. Certain other comparatives take de: ha mais de vinte annos, menos de uma legua, more than twenty years ago, less than a league.

g. The forms maior, greater, menor, smaller, peior, worse, melhor, better, are followed by que: maior que a serra, bigger than the mountain; but the forms superior, inferior, interior, and exterior take a, to, instead of que: elle é inferior a seu irmão, he is inferior to his brother.

IRREGULAR COMPARISONS

45. Several irregular adjectives derive their comparative and their absolute superlative forms directly from the Latin, but the relative superlative is formed in the usual way by placing o, the, before the comparative.

POSITIVE

COMPARATIVE

ABSOLUTE SUPERLATIVE

RELATIVE SUPERLATIVE

bom , good

melhor[28]

optimo

o melhor

mau , bad

peior[28]

pessimo

o peior

grande , great

maior[29]

maximo

o maior

alto , high

superior

supremo

o superior

baixo , low

inferior

infimo

o inferior

muito , much

mais

o mais

pequeno , small

menor[29]

minimo

o menor

pouco , little

menos

o menos

AUGMENTATIVE AND DIMINUTIVE ADJECTIVES

46. Augmentative and diminutive adjectives are formed like augmentative and diminutive nouns: novo, new, novinho, quite new. (For rules, see § 35, 36.) The adjectives, like the nouns, are often used as terms of endearment. Bonitinho from bonito, pretty, is often used to mean quite pretty, very pretty, or pretty little dear.

SYNTAX OF NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES

47. In general the noun precedes the adjective: homem trabalhador, a working man.

48. This order may be inverted: mau signal or signal mau, a bad sign. This inversion, however, is not arbitrary, but is determined by emphasis, the rule for which cannot be fully stated but must be acquired by observation and practise.

49. In general the adjective precedes when it denotes a quality which necessarily belongs to the noun, and when the adjective and noun might almost be regarded as a compound word.

50. The adjective follows when it denotes a quality to which especial attention is directed; but when the attention is to be directed to the noun, and the adjective is of minor importance, the adjective precedes the noun.

51. The following cases illustrate the difference in meaning due to the position of the adjective:

boa noite , good night

noite boa , a fine night

certo dia , a certain day

dia certo , a fixed day

certo relogio , a certain clock

relogio certo , a clock that keeps good time

pobre homem , poor man!

homem pobre , a man who is poor

bom anno , a prosperous year

anno bom , New Year

santa casa , a hospital

casa santa , a sacred house

nosso padre , our priest

padre nosso , the Lord’s prayer

simples homem , a mere man

homem simples , a plain man

grande homem , an eminent man

homem grande , a large man

a. In the cases cited the expressions are readily translatable, but in many instances the distinctions do not admit of such brief definitions. In the following cases the English translation given is inadequate and explanations are required that cannot be given briefly:

altos ceos and ceos altos, high heavens;

santos padres and padres santos, holy fathers;

primeira causa and causa primeira, first cause;

longos dias and dias longos, long days.

52. In certain cases inversions are not allowed. In the following instances, for example, the words must be in the order given as if they were compounds:

Deus padre, God the father;

estrella fixa, a fixed star;

mão direita, the right hand;

deputado federal, federal deputy (congressman);

Illustrissimo Senhor, Most illustrious Mr. ——;

codigo civíl, the civil code.

53. The words pouco, little, and muito, many, much, when used as adjectives usually precede their nouns: poucas cousas, a few things; ha poucos dias, a few days ago; muito barulho, much noise.

54. The adjectives hungry, thirsty, sleepy, and cold, are expressed by the use of estar com and the nouns meaning hunger, etc.: estou com fome, sede, somno, frio, I am hungry, thirsty, sleepy, cold.

FOOTNOTES:

[25] Alto has also an irregular comparative superior.

[26] Grande has an irregular comparative maior.

[27] A. R. Gonçalvez Viana, Ortografia Nacional, page 167.

[28] The comparatives mais bom and mais mau are sometimes used, but they are falling into disuse.

[29] The expressions o mais pequeno, the smallest, and o mais alto, the highest, are also used; mais grande and mais pequeno are comparatives often used colloquially instead of maior and menor, but they are not good Portuguese.

V. NUMERALS

(See Exercise XIV, page 134)

55. THE CARDINALS

1

um, f. uma

2

dois, f. duas

3

tres

4

quatro

5

cinco

6

seis

7

sete

8

oito

9

nove

10

dez

11

onze

12

doze

13

treze

14

quatorze

15

quinze

16

dezeseis

17

dezesete

18

dezoito

19

dezenove

20

vinte

21

vinte e um (or uma )

22

vinte e dois (or duas )

30

trinta

40

quarenta

50

cicoenta

60

sessenta

70

setenta

80

oitenta

90

noventa

100

cem

101

cento e um (or uma )

102

cento e dois (or duas )

200

duzentos, f. -as

300

trezentos, f. -as

400

quatrocentos, f. -as

500

quinhentos, f. -as

600

seiscentos, f. -as

700

setecentos, f. -as

800

oitocentos, f. -as

900

novecentos, f. -as

1000

mil[30]

1001

mil e um (or uma )

2000

dois (or duas) mil

1,000,000

um milhão

56. The cardinal numbers have the same form for both genders except in the cases of um, uma, one; dois, duas, two; and those ending in centos or centas.

57. The cardinal numbers are often used in place of the ordinals, especially to denote the days of the month except primeiro, the first, as: hoje é sete, to-day is the seventh; pagina vinte, page twenty; seculo dezoito for decimo oitavo seculo, the eighteenth century.

58. Except when used in place of the ordinals the cardinals always precede the noun: ha vinte dias, twenty days ago.

THE ORDINALS

59. The ordinal numbers are variously derived:

1. By the use of the suffix eiro: primeiro, first; terceiro, third.

2. From the Latin forms: segundo, second; sexto, sixth.

3. By the use of the suffix esimo:[31] vigesimo, twentieth; centesimo, hundredth.

a. The ordinals have gender and number like other adjectives.

b. The ordinals are used either as nouns or as adjectives: um sexto, a sixth, or uma sexta parte, a sixth part. Um segundo, however, is not used for a half, nor um terceiro, for a third, when fractions are meant. (See “Fractions,” § 61.)

1

primeiro , first

2

segundo , second

3

terceiro , third, etc.

4

quarto

5

quinto

6

sexto

7

septimo or setimo

8

oitavo

9

nono

10

decimo

11

undecimo (decimo primeiro )

12

duodecimo (decimo segundo )

13

decimo terceiro

14

decimo quarto

15

decimo quinto

16

decimo sexto

17

decimo setimo

18

decimo oitavo

19

decimo nono

20

vigesimo

21

vigesimo primeiro

22

vigesimo segundo

30

trigesimo

40

quadragesimo

50

quinquagesimo

60

sexagesimo

70

septuagesimo

80

octogesimo

90

nonagesimo

100

centesimo

60. Inflection.—Of the cardinals um, dois, and multiples of cento (duzentos, f. duzentas) are treated as adjectives.

The ordinals are all treated as adjectives, except as indicated at § 59b.

61. THE FRACTIONS

¹⁄₂

metade: metade do dinheiro , half of the money

meio or meia: meia hora , half an hour

¹⁄₃

terço or terça: uma terça parte

²⁄₃

dois terços or duas terças partes

¹⁄₄

um quarto or uma quarta parte

³⁄₄

tres quartos

¹⁄₅

um quinto

¹⁄₆

um sexto

¹⁄₇

um setimo

¹⁄₈

um oitavo

¹⁄₉

um nono

¹⁄₁₀

um decimo

a. In the reading of fractions above tenths the suffix avo (derived from the term oitavo) is used to express the divisor.

¹⁄₁₁

um onze avo or a undecima parte

⁹⁄₁₁

nove onze avos

¹⁄₁₂

um doze avo

¹⁄₂₀

um vinte avo

¹³⁄₂₀

treze vinte avos

⁴¹⁄₅₄

quarenta e um cincoenta e quatro avos

¹⁄₁₀₀

um centesimo

¹⁄₁₀₀₀

um millesimo

62. MULTIPLICATION

The word vez, time, is used with the cardinal numerals to express multiplication: uma vez or simples, once; duas vezes, twice; tres vezes, three times, etc. Example: tres vezes tres são nove, three times three are nine.

a. These expressions are also used: dois tantos, twice as many; tres tantos, three times as many; outros tantos, as many more.

b. Proportionals:

duplice ,

double

dobrado ,

dobro ,

duplo,

triple ,

triple

triplice ,

triplicado ,

triplo ,

tres dobrado ,

tres dobro ,

quadruplo ,

quadruple

decuplo ,

tenfold

centuplo ,

a hundred fold

uma duzia ,

a dozen

vintena ,

a score

centenares ,

hundreds

milhares ,

thousands

multiplo ,

many times

63. NUMERAL SUBSTANTIVES

Cento, a hundred, mil, a thousand, milheiro, thousand, the fractions and the proportional numbers are treated as substantives.

64. IDIOMS

The following are illustrations of idioms in common use in connection with the numerals.

Que horas são, what time is it?

São tres e um quarto, it is quarter past three.

É uma hora, it is one o’clock.

Faltam vinte para tres (colloq.), it lacks twenty minutes of three.

A quantos estamos hoje do mez? what day of the month is it?

Hoje é dia quinze or hoje é quinze, this is the fifteenth.

Quantas leguas são d’aqui á cidade? how many leagues is it from here to the city?

São duas, it is two.

Que idade tem o senhor? how old are you? (literally, what age has the gentleman?)

Tenho vinte e tantos annos, I am twenty odd years old.

Oito dias, a week (literally, eight days).

Quinze dias, a fortnight (literally, fifteen days).

Ha vinte annos, twenty years ago, also these twenty years.

Ha cousa de vinte annos, some (about) twenty years ago.

Ha duas horas, two hours ago, and these two hours.

D’aqui a quinze dias, a fortnight hence.

The days of the week are numbered from Monday to Friday as follows:

Domingo

Sunday

Segunda-feira

Monday

Terça-feira

Tuesday

Quarta-feira

Wednesday

Quinta-feira

Thursday

Sexta-feira

Friday

Sabbado

Saturday

FOOTNOTES:

[30] The word conto which formerly meant a million in counting is only used with reis: um conto de reis, a thousand milreis.

[31] The s in simo from vigesimo onward is pronounced like s, not like z.

VI. PRONOUNS

PERSONALS

(See Exercise XV, page 135)

65. There are the usual three personal pronouns, but in Portuguese the third person is generally used in place of the second in direct address, with the exceptions noted below. Strictly speaking there is no declension in Portuguese; the personal pronouns, however, retain, in all persons, so many traces of their Latin declensions that they have the appearance of being declined, and are so given by some grammarians. The objective forms vary according as they are used with or without prepositions.

S  UBJECT FORMS

O  BJECTIVE FORMS

WITHOUT PREPOSITIONS

WITH PREPOSITIONS

1st per.

eu

I

me

mim or me, migo

me

nós

we

nos

nós, nosco

us

2d per.

tu

thou

te

ti or te, tigo

thee

vós

you, ye

vos

vós, vosco

ye

3d per.

elle, ella

he, she, it

o, a, lo, la,[32] lhe

elle, ella

him, her, it

elles, ellas

they

os, as, los, las,[32] lhes

elles, ellas

them

(reflexive )

se

si or se, sigo

themselves

a. Lhe, lhes, to him, to her, to it, to them are always indirect or dative forms.

b. O, a, lo, la, os, as, los, and las are always direct objective or accusative forms.

c. Those used with prepositions admit of any preposition, except that when the preposition is com, with, the forms migo, tigo, nosco, vosco, and sigo only are used, as commigo, with me, comtigo, with thee, etc.

d. Elle, ella, etc., with the preposition de, of, are contracted to delle, della, etc.; with em, in, they are contracted to nelle, nella, etc.

66. Use of the Third Person.—In address, the third person is commonly used except to close friends, relatives, children, and domestics when tu may be employed. Persons may be addressed, according to circumstances, as Vossa Excellencia, Your Excellency, Vossa Senhoria, Your lordship, Vossa mercê, Your mercy, your grace, Você, a common abbreviation of Vossa mercê, but one to be used only in cases of extreme familiarity, or as Senhor, Mr., and Senhora, madam, or Mrs.

a. Until one becomes familiar with the use of these terms the safest rule is to use Senhor and Senhora.

b. In writing, these words are abbreviated as indicated at § 147.

c. Ordinarily eu, I, is not used as in English, but is sometimes placed before or even after the verb for the sake of emphasis or clearness. The same is true of tu, thou, elle, he, ella, she, nos, we. Para ti sonhava eu sonhos de gloria, for thee I dreamed dreams of glory.

d. Vos, you, is only used in very formal discourses, and as a vocative in prayers, etc. It is not used colloquially as in English. (See § 66.) Tu, thou, is also used as a vocative.

REFLEXIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS

67. Reflexive.—The reflexive forms of the personal pronouns are:

me, a mim

me, to me

te, a ti

thee, to thee

se, a si

himself, to himself

nos, a nós

us, to us

vos, a vós

you, to you

se, a si

themselves, to themselves

THIRD PERSON

Singular and Plural

Direct object

se

himself, herself, itself, themselves.

Indirect object

si, se

to himself, herself, itself, or themselves

comsigo

with himself, herself, itself, themselves

68. Duplication.—Duplication is common in classic Portuguese. By its use attention is redirected to an idea. Que me importa a mim a gloria? In what does glory concern me? or what is glory to me? Aconteceu-me a mim, it happened to ME.

Such expressions do not admit of literal translations into English.

69. Syntax of the Personal Pronouns.[33]—The personal pronouns are used both as direct and indirect objects:

Direct: elle me reprehendeu, he reprehended me.

Indirect: elle me deu o livro, he gave me the book.

70. The same thing occurs with the other pronouns, except that in the third person the indirect object is expressed by lhe, while the direct is o, a, os, and as.

Direct: reprehendeu-o, he reprehended him.

Indirect: deu-lhe o livro, he gave him (or her) the book.

71. The direct object is used after transitive verbs, the indirect after intransitives: vi-o, I saw him, obedeci-lhe, I obeyed him (or her).

72. The pronouns me, te, se, lhe, nos, vos, and o are called proclitic, mesoclitic, or enclitic according as they precede, are inserted within, or follow the verb.

a. They precede the verb (are proclitic):

1. In negative sentences: não me fale; não o creio.

2. In phrases depending upon que, o qual, quem, cujo: quem o chamou; a mulher que se ama.

3. In certain popular expressions: Deus me livre; o diabo te leve.

4. When used with the conjunctions que, porque, and pois que, the rule has many exceptions.

b. They are inserted in the verb between the stem and termination (are mesoclitic) in the future indicative and conditional: dir-lhe-ei, I will tell him, instead of direi-lhe; dir-se-ia, instead of diria-se, it would be said.

c. They always follow the verb (are enclitic) at the beginning of a phrase: resta-me agradecer-lhe; diga-me; faça-me o favor.

d. In the mesoclitics and enclitics the pronoun is separated from the verb by a hyphen or hyphens.

e. The enclitics do not affect the position of the accents of the verbs.

73. When two pronouns come before a verb, the subject precedes: mandou que tu lhe entregasse o livro, he directed that you should give him the book.

74. Se and si refer to the subject: Pedro falou de si, Pedro spoke of himself. Você quer tudo para si, you want everything for yourself. Leve a espingarda comsigo, take the gun with you. (For the use of the reflexive pronoun with verbs see § 126.)

75. Comparison.—After terms of comparison the nominative pronoun is used: mais serio que eu, more serious than I.

POSSESSIVES

(See Exercise XVI, page 136)

76. The possessive pronouns are inflected like adjectives and agree in gender and number with the object possessed. They all take a in the feminine and s in the plural.

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS

Singular

Plural

MASCULINE

FEMININE

MASCULINE

FEMININE

ENGLISH

meu

minha

meus

minhas

my, mine

teu

tua

teus

tuas

thy, thine

seu

sua

seus

suas

his, her, hers

its, their

theirs

nosso

nossa

nossos

nossas

our, ours

vosso

vossa

vossos

vossas

your, yours

77. Inasmuch as the third person is used in direct address, seu, sua, seus, and suas are generally used in place of vosso, etc., for your and yours: a casa é sua, the house is yours.

78. Possession is also expressed by the use of a preposition as a casa é d’elle, the house is his; a casa é d’elles, the house is theirs.

79. The place of the possessive is before the noun as in English: meu cavallo, my horse.

80. In certain cases the possessive placed after the noun is equivalent to the personal pronoun with de: noticias tuas (de ti), news of (about) you. Important distinctions of this kind are illustrated by the example: saudades tuas means saudades for you, while tuas saudades means the saudades you have for some one else.

81. Possessives are not used with parts of the body as in English: cortou-me o braço, he cut my arm, is used instead of cortou meu braço. In some cases the possessives are omitted as in English, as: venho de casa is used instead of venho de minha casa, I come from home; vou para casa, I am going home.

82. At the same time the bold use of the possessive is occasionally emphatic: estou na minha casa, I am in my own house; deixa-me com a minha dôr, leave me with my grief.

83. The possessive seu, sua, seus, suas, his, her or your, is used also idiomatically and colloquially to express uncertain value or quantity: tem seus vinte annos, he (or she) is about twenty years old.

The possessives may be replaced by various forms of the personal pronouns, and sometimes such expressions are considered more elegant.

(For the use of the article before possessives see § 16.)

DEMONSTRATIVES

(See Exercise XVII, page 137)

84. The demonstrative pronouns may be used either with or without their nouns. When used with them they precede the nouns, agreeing with them in gender and number.

Singular

Plural

MASCULINE

FEMININE

MASCULINE

FEMININE

ENGLISH

este

esta

estes

estas

this

esse

essa

esses

essas

these

aquelle

aquella

aquelles

aquellas

that, those

85. Isso, isto, and aquillo are neutral forms of the demonstratives used to refer to a preceding idea, expression, or subject, and may be regarded as equivalents of essa cousa or essas cousas, esta cousa, aquella cousa. They have neither feminine nor plural forms, nor are they used to refer to persons or animals.

86. The difference between este and esse in their various forms is that the first is used to refer to that which is near the speaker, while the second refers to that which is near the person addressed.

87. The forms o, a, os, as, are identical with the definite articles in forms, sounds, and origins. They are used as the equivalents of aquelle, aquella, aquelles, aquellas when followed by a determining expression: a provincia de Minho é a que tem mais vegetação entre as de Portugal. Literally, the province of Minho is that which has most vegetation among those of Portugal.

88. When these forms are preceded by the preposition a they combine with it forming ao, aos, á, and ás as do the definite articles. Preceded by em they similarly form no, na, nos, nas, and preceded by per they form pelo, pela, pelos, and pelas.

DETERMINATIVES

89. The determinatives have gender and number except tal which has no gender distinction:

Singular

Plural

MASCULINE

FEMININE

MASCULINE

FEMININE

ENGLISH

outro

outra

outros

outras

other

mesmo

mesma

mesmos

mesmas

same, self

tanto

tanta

tantos

tantas

so many, as many

tal

tal

taes

taes

such

Outrem is an invariable form meaning outra pessoa or outras pessoas.

90. The demonstrative pronouns este, esse, aquelle, etc., with outro form est’outro, ess’outro, aquell’outro with the corresponding feminine and plural forms.

91. Um e outro (literally one and other), means both.

92. Mesmo means same and self as here illustrated: a mesma cousa, the same thing; o mesmo homem, the same man. It is used in connection with the personal pronouns to mean self: eu mesmo, I myself, ella mesma, she herself; elles mesmos, they themselves, etc.

It is also used in such expressions as é mesmo, that is true, it is just so.

93. Mesmissimo is an augmentative form of mesmo meaning precisely or exactly the same; é a mesmissima cousa, it is precisely the same thing.

Um tal means such a one. Que tal? how is this? what do you think of this? Tal qual means just so. É tal qual, it is just so, it is just as you say; não ha tal, it is not true, it is no such thing; não ha tal lugar, there is no such place.

94. Fulano de tal is a name used for any fictitious person; it is often equivalent to the English John Doe or to Mr. What’s-his-name. Fuão, Beltrano, and Sicrano are similarly used.

INTERROGATIVES

(See Exercise XVIII, page 138)

95. The interrogatives are:

que? o que?

what?

quem?

who?

qual?

which?

que homens?

what men?

quem é?

who is it?

qual d’elles?

which of them?

It is not considered elegant nowadays to begin an interrogation with o que. Que tem? what have you? (Not o que tem?)

RELATIVES

(See Exercise XIX, page 139)

96. Of the relative pronouns quem refers to persons only; the other forms refer to either persons or things. They are

que ,

who, what, that (no gender )

quem ,

who, whom

qual, pl. quaes ,

which

cujo,f. cuja, pl. cujos, cujas ,

whose

97. O que, o qual, a qual, os quaes, and as quaes, literally, the which, mean what or that. These latter forms are used when the antecedent needs to be made clear or prominent. A gloria de Deus a qual não se póde escurecer, the glory of God which cannot, etc. O livro que está lendo, the book you are reading; but o livro da bibliotheca o qual está lendo, the book of the library (the) which you are reading.

98. Where quem would follow sem, o qual is used instead for the sake of euphony: sem o qual não deve, without which you should not.

99. Cujo is equivalent to do qual, and is followed immediately by the object possessed: O soldado cujo cavallo foi morto, the soldier whose horse was killed.

a. Cujo without antecedent and the object possessed is a classic but archaic form of expression: cujo é esta casa? whose house is this? Instead one would now say: de quem é esta casa? Literally, of whom is this house?

INDEFINITE

(See Exercise XX, page 140)

100. The indefinite pronouns may be classified as nouns or adjectives.

a. The nouns are:

al (invariable), something else, the rest. (But little used.)

alguem (invariable), some one

algo, something, anything

nada (invariable), nothing

nenhum (f. nenhuma, pl. nenhuns), neither

ninguem (invariable), no one

qualquer, pl. quaes-quer, either, whichever

quemquer, anybody

tudo (invariable), all

uns, f. umas, some

b. Algo when used as a pronoun refers to things and means alguma cousa. It is sometimes used as an adverb meaning algum tanto: elle está algo doente, he is somewhat ill.

c. Tudo is a neutral form of todo. When followed by que it requires the definite article: tudo o que elle disse.

d. Nenhum may be used with an affirmative sense, and is equivalent to qualquer in the expression mais que nenhum, more than any one.

e. A negative is strengthened by doubling the negation: não sei nada, I know nothing; não diz nada, he says nothing.

f. The adjectives are:

algum (f. alguma, pl. alguns, algumas), some, no

cada (um, uma); cada qual (sing. only), each, every

certo (f. certa, pl. certos, -as), certain

muito (f. -a, pl. muitos, -as), many

outro (f. outra, pl. outros, -as), other

pouco (f. -a, pl. poucos, -as), few, little

*quanto (f. -a, pl. quantos, -as), how much, how many, as much as

*tanto (f. -a, pl. tantos, -as), so much

todo (f. -a, pl. todos, -as), all, every

g. *Quanto is used in correlation with tanto to mean as much as. Faço tanto quanto qualquer outro, I do as much as any one else. Quanto pagou? how much did you pay? Quantas vezes foi la? how often did you go there? Quanto antes, as soon as possible.

h. Todo with the article means the whole; without the article it means every; toda cidade, every city; toda a cidade, all of the city. It is sometimes used as an adverb but retains its gender for the sake of euphony: ella está toda molhada.

i. Em quanto means while. Espera em quanto eu tiro uma vista, wait while I take a view.

j. Cada qual and cada um have approximately the same meaning. Cada qual stands next to the verb, however, cada um does not: cada um dos soldados andava or cada qual andava, each (of the soldiers) walked.

101. When a proposition has a negative sense either algum may be placed after, or nenhum before the noun:

or

homem algum poderá saber

no man shall know

nenhum homem poderá saber

The first sentence is more emphatic than the second.

102. Certain idiomatic expressions have meanings analogous to those of the indefinite pronouns:

seja quem for

be who it may

seja qual for

fosse quem fosse

whoever it might be

quem quer que fosse

quem quer que seja

whoever it may be

o que quer que é

a. De and de que are often used in the sense of something; tenho de que comer e de beber, I have something to eat and to drink.

b. The expression não ha de que used in reply to obrigado, muito obrigado, etc., is equivalent to the English not at all or the French pas de quoi.

FOOTNOTES:

[32] These are from the Latin pronoun illo and are not to be confused with the definite article which has the same forms. There is a tendency to avoid the use of o, so that one often hears such expressions as va chamar elle instead of va chama-lo; or visitar-lhe instead of visita-lo. A Brazilian scholar observes: “assim o pobre o vai perdendo terreno.”

[33] Some grammarians make a sort of bugbear of the position of the pronouns. This is due in part, at least, to the somewhat different usages in Portugal and Brazil. In Portugal, for example, they would say: espero que me faça o favor, I hope you can do me the favor, and não se lembrou do recado, he did not remember the message; while in Brazil they might use these identical expressions or they might say espero que faça me o favor and não lembrou-se do recado. However, aside from the simple rules here given, the position of the pronoun is a matter of phonetics rather than of rules of grammar.

VII. VERBS

103. The Portuguese verbs are either transitive or intransitive, reflexive, or impersonal. They have voice, mood, tense, number, and person.

CONJUGATIONS

104. The verbs have three conjugations which are distinguished by the endings of the infinitives.

EXAMPLE

ENDING

INFINITIVE

MEANING

First conjugation:

-ar

andar

to walk

Second conjugation:

-er

receber

to receive

Third conjugation:

-ir

punir

to punish

105. Regular and Irregular Verbs.—Those verbs which are conjugated like one of the three types are called regular; those which are not so conjugated, or lack some of the parts, are called irregular verbs.

GENERAL TERMINATIONS OF THE REGULAR VERBS

(See Exercise XXI, page 141)

106. The following are the terminations of all the forms of the regular verbs. These are to be added to the roots of the verbs, except in the cases of the future and conditional of the indicative where the infinitive is used as the root.

INDICATIVE MOOD

TENSES

1ST CONJUG.

2D CONJUG.

3D CONJUG.

Present

o

o

o

as

es

es

a

e

e

amos

emos

imos

aes

eis

is

am[34]

em

em

Imperfect

ava

ia

ia

avas

ias

ias

ava

ia

ia

avamos

iamos

iamos

aveis

ieis

ieis

avam[34]

iam

iam

Preterit

ei

i

i

aste

este

iste

ou

eu

iu

amos

emos

imos

astes

estes

istes

áram[34]

êram

iram

Future

ei

ei

ei

ás

ás

ás

á

á

á

emos

emos

emos

eis

eis

eis

ão[34]

ão

ão

The future endings are added to the infinitive.

Conditional

ia

ia

ia

ias

ias

ias

ia

ia

ia

íamos

íamos

íamos

ieis

ieis

ieis

iam

iam

iam

The conditional endings are added to the infinitive.

Pluperfect

ara

era

ira

aras

eras

iras

ara

era

ira

aramos

eramos

iramos

areis

ereis

iraes

aram[35]

eram

iram

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD

Present

e

a

a

es

as

as

e

a

a

emos

ámos

âmos

eis

aes

aes

em

am

am

Imperfect

asse

esse

isse

asses

esses

isses

asse

esse

isse

assemos

êssemos

issemos

asseis

esseis

isseis

assem

essem

issem

Future

ar

er

ir

ares

eres

ires

ar

er

ir

armos

ermos

irmos

ardes

erdes

irdes

arem

erem

irem

IMPERATIVE MOOD

Present

a

e

e

ae

ei

i

INFINITIVE

Impersonal

ar

er

ir

Personal

ar

er

ir

ares

eres

ires

ar

er

ir

armos

ermos

irmos

ardes

erdes

irdes

arem

erem

irem

PARTICIPLES

Pres. Part.

ando

endo

indo

Past Part.

ado

ido

ido

MODEL VERBS

107. The tone vowels in this table are indicated by italics.

INDICATIVE

Present

f alo (I speak)

d evo (I owe)

p arto (I depart)

f alas

d eves

p artes

f ala

d eve

p arte

fal amos

dev emos

part imos

fal aes

dev eis

part is

f alam

d evem

p artem

Imperfect[36]

fal ava (I spoke or was speaking)

dev ia (I owed or was owing)

part ia (I departed or was departing)

fal avas

dev ias

part ias

fal ava

dev ia

part ia

fal avamos

dev iamos

part iamos

fal aveis

dev ieis

part ieis

fal avam

dev iam

part iam

Preterit[36]

fal ei (I spoke or have spoken)

dev i (I owed)

part i (I departed)

fal aste

dev este

part iste

fal ou

dev eu

part iu

fal ámos

dev emos

part imos

fal astes

dev estes

part istes

fal aram

dev eram

part iram

Future

falar ei (I shall speak)

dever ei (I shall owe)

partir ei (I shall depart)

falar ás

dever ás

partir ás

falar á

dever á

partir á

falar emos

dever emos

partir emos

falar eis

dever eis

partir eis

falar ão

dever ão

partir ão

Conditional

falar ia (I should or would speak)

dever ia (I should or would owe)

partir ia (I should or would depart)

falar ias

dever ias

partir ias

falar ia

dever ia

partir ia

falar iamos

dever iamos

partir iamos

falar ieis

dever ieis

partir ieis

falar iam

dever iam

partir iam

Pluperfect

fal ára (I had spoken)

dev êra (I had

part íra (I had

fal áras

dev êras owed)

part íras departed)

fal ára

dev êra

part íra

fal áramos

dev êramos

part íramos

fal áreis

dev êreis

part íreis

fal áram

dev êram

part íram

SUBJUNCTIVE

The subjunctive is to be translated into English according to the context, by may, can, must, might, could, would, and should. When it is used in place of the imperative it is translated as a command or request.

Present

f ale (I may speak)

d eva (I may owe)

p arta (I may depart)

f ales

d evas

p artas

f ale

d eva

p arta

f alemos

dev ámos

p artamos

f aleis

d evaes

p artaes

f alem

d evam

p artam

Imperfect

fal asse (I should speak)

dev esse (I should owe)

part isse (I should depart)

fal asses

dev esses

part isses

fal asse

dev esse

part isse

fal assemos

dev êssemos

part issemos

fal asseis

dev esseis

part isseis

fal assem

dev essem

part issem

Future

fal ar (I should

dev er (I should owe)

part ir (I should depart)

fal ares speak)

dev eres

part ires

fal ar

dev er

part ir

fal armos

dev ermos

part irmos

fal ardes

dev erdes

part irdes

fal arem

dev erem

part irem

IMPERATIVE

Present

f ala (speak)

d eve (owe)

p arte (depart)

falae (pl. )

d evei

p arti

INFINITIVE

Impersonal

fal ar (to speak)

dev er (to owe)

part ir (to depart)

Personal

fal ar

dev er

part ir

fal ares

dev eres

part ires

fal ar

dev er

part ir

fal armos

dev ermos

part irmos

fal ardes

dev erdes

part irdes

fal arem

dev erem

part irem

PARTICIPLES

Pres. Part.[37]

fal ando (speaking)

dev endo (owing)

part indo (departing)

Past Part.

fal ado (spoken)

dev ido (owed)

part ido (departed)

OBSERVATIONS ON THE REGULAR VERBS

(See Exercise XXII, page 142)

108. Formerly the third person plural of the indicative present of the first conjugation ended in ão; now it is written am; only the future indicative retains the ão ending except in short words where the ão is the predominant sound as são, dão, hão.

The following changes (a. to g.) are required by the necessity of preserving the hard or soft sounds.

Verbs ending in

a. car change the c to qu before e: arrancar, pret. arranquei, pres. sub. arranque; ficar, pret. fiquei.

b. gar change the g to gu before e: apagar, apague; jogar, jogue; cegar, pret. ceguei; julgar, pret. julguei.

c. ger and gir change the g to j before o and a: abranger, abranjo; fugir, fujo, fuja.

d. guer and guir drop the u before a and o: erguer, ergo; distinguir, distingo (except arguir).

e. çar drop the cedilla before e: alcançar, alcance.

f. cer change c to ç before a and o: adoecer, adoeço, adoeça.

g. In the third conjugation verbs that have u in the final syllables change it to o in the present:

consume ,

3d per.

consome

destruo ,

” ”

destroe

acudo ,

” ”

acode

fujo ,

” ”

foge

cuspo ,

” ”

cospe

engulo ,

” ”

engole

tusso ,

” ”

tosse

bulo ,

” ”

bole

cubro ,

” ”

cobre

subo ,

” ”

sobe

sumo ,

” ”

some

Analogous changes are made in the first person of the present indicative of the following: dormir becomes durmo; servir, sirvo; seguir, sigo; impedir (formerly impido, now) impeço.

AUXILIARY VERBS

(See Exercise XXIII, page 143)

109. The principal auxiliary verbs are ter, to have, and haver, ser, and estar, to be. These verbs, however, are not used exclusively as auxiliaries, while other verbs are often used as such, especially andar and ir, to go, and vir, to come. Ando procurando uma casa, I am looking for a house.

a. Ter and haver when used with an infinitive require the preposition de: tenho de escrever, or hei de escrever, I have to write. In such uses of these verbs, ter shows that the thing is done by necessity, as temos de morrer, we must die; while haver is used to indicate that it will be done with certainty, or the resolution to do it.

Ter sometimes means to have in the sense of possession, as tenho um cavallo, I have a horse; teve razão, he had reason or he was right, but it is also used as an auxiliary verb just as it is in English.

b. These particular auxiliaries are often used in place of the regular future forms of the verbs: hei-de ir for irei, ha-de ir for irá, etc. The hyphen is not always used before the de; it may be written ha de ir.

c. In the use of haver with the preposition de the latter is joined to the verb form: hei-de escrever; hão-de dizer.

d. In general ter is used more than haver.

e. When andar is used as an auxiliary it is either followed by the present participle of another verb or by a and the infinitive, and conveys the idea that the subject of the first verb constantly practises the action implied by the second: José anda vadeando or José anda a vadear means that Jose is idling constantly.

f. The verbs ir and vir followed by the present participle of another verb expresses the gradual realization of the action of the second verb: vou acabando, I am gradually finishing, I am nearing the end.

g. The verb ir followed by the infinitive expresses immediate future action: vou passear, I am going to take a walk.

h. Haver is generally defined as meaning to have, but in the third person it is more nearly equivalent to the verb to be. For example: não ha agua, there is no water; houve um temporal, there was a storm; se houvesse tempo, if there were time.

i. Ser means to be in a permanent sense: sou Americano, I am an American. It is used as an auxiliary, but only in the passive voice: a terra é cultivada, the land is cultivated.[38]

j. Estar means to be, in a transitory or temporary sense: estou aqui, I am here; estou com fome, I am hungry; estou doente, I am ill; but sou doente means I am ill beyond recovery, that is, I am an invalid. Estou cego, I am blind (temporarily); sou cego, I am blind (permanently).

k. Estar is sometimes used to indicate nearness in point of time where ser indicates remoteness, as elle está morto means he has just died, whereas elle é morto implies that he died long ago. Sometimes either ser or estar can be used with equal propriety as: é claro que or está claro que, it is evident that....

l. The verb estar followed by the preposition a or para and an infinitive means that the action of the second verb is to take place shortly: Carlos está para casar, Charles is on the point of marrying; o vapor está a partir, the steamer is about to start.

m. Estar a indicates an act in process at the time of the remark: ha mais de meia hora está aquelle menino a chorar, for more than half an hour that boy has been crying.

n. Vir followed by the preposition a and an infinitive expresses the same idea as would be expressed by the second verb and por fim: estas palavras veem a significar or estas palavras por fim significam, in the end these words mean, or these words amount to.

o. The English auxiliary do has no equivalent in Portuguese.

CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERBS

Ter[39]

Haver[39]

Ser[40]

Estar[39]

to have

to be

to be

to be

to have

INDICATIVE

Present

tenho  (I have)

hei

sou  (I am)

estou  (I am)

tens

has

és

estas

tem

ha

é[42]

está

temos

havemos[41]

somos

estamos

tendes

haveis

sois

estaes

têm

hão

são[43]

estão

Imperfect

tinha  (I had)

havia

era  (I was)

estava  (I was)

tinhas

havias

eras

estavas

tinha

havia

era

estava

tinhamos

haviamos

éramos

estavamos

tinheis

havieis

ereis

estaveis

tinham

haviam

eram

estavam

Preterit

tive  (I had)

houve

fui  (I was)

estive  (I was)

tiveste

houveste

foste

estiveste

teve

houve

foi

esteve

tivemos

houvemos

fomos

estivemos

tivestes

houvestes

fostes

estivestes

tiveram

houveram

foram

estiveram

Future

terei

haverei

serei

estarei

terás

haverás

serás

estarás

terá

haverá

será

estará

teremos

haveremos

seremos

estaremos

tereis

havereis

sereis

estareis

terão

haverão

serão

estarão

Conditional[44]

teria

haveria[45]

seria

estaria

terias

haverias

serias

estarias

teria

haveria

seria

estaria

teriamos

haveriamos

seriamos

estariamos

terieis

haverieis

serieis

estarieis

teriam

haveriam

seriam

estariam

Pluperfect[44]

tivera

houvera

fôra

estivera

tiveras

houveras

fôras

estiveras

tivera

houvera

fôra

estivera

tiveramos

houvéramos

foramos

estiveramos

tivereis

houvereis

foreis

estivereis

tiveram

houveram

foram

estiveram

SUBJUNCTIVE

Present

tenha

haja

seja

esteja

tenhas

hajas

sejas

estejas

tenha

haja

seja

esteja

tenhamos

hajamos

sejamos

estejamos

tenhaes

hajaes

sejaes

estejaes

tenham

hajam

sejam

estejam

Imperfect

tivesse

houvesse

fosse

estivesse

tivesses

houvesses

fosses

estivesses

tivesse

houvesse

fosse

estivesse

tivessemos

houvessemos

fossemos

estivessemos

tivesseis

houvesseis

fosseis

estivesseis

tivessem

houvessem

fossem

estivessem

Future

tiver

houver

fôr

estiver

tiveres

houveres

fôres

estiveres

tiver

houver

fôr

estiver

tivermos

houvermos

fôrmos

estivermos

tiverdes

houverdes

fôrdes

estiverdes

tiverem

houverem

fôrem

estiverem

IMPERATIVE

Present

(sing. )

tem

ha

sê

esta

(pl. )

tende

havei

sêde

estae

INFINITIVE

Impersonal

ter

haver

ser

estar

Personal

ter

haver

ser

estar

teres

haveres

seres

estares

ter

haver

ser

estar

termos

havermos

sermos

estarmos

terdes

haverdes

serdes

estardes

terem

haverem

serem

estarem

PARTICIPLES

Pres. Part.

tendo

havendo

sendo

estando

Past Part.

tido

havido

sido

estado

IRREGULAR VERBS

(See Exercise XXIV, page 144)

110. Some of the irregular verbs are so nearly regular that they are omitted from the following reference list of the verbs most commonly regarded as irregular. Such are verbs ending in ahir and air. These follow the succeeding models in the Present Indicative and Subjunctive but are otherwise regular.

Sahir, to go out

Esvair, to disperse

I NDICATIVE PRESENT

I NDICATIVE PRESENT

saio

esvaio

saes

esvais

sae

esvae

sahimos

esvaimos

sahis

esvais

saem

esváem

S UBJUNCTIVE PRESENT

S UBJUNCTIVE PRESENT

saia

esvaia

saias

esvais

saia

esvaia

saiâmos

esvaiâmos

saiaes

esvaiaes

saiam

esváiam

a. NOTE.—The verbs sahir, cahir, and their compounds are generally written with h in those forms in which the sa and ca are followed by accented i or ir, in which cases the h is used to indicate that the a and i do not form diphthongs.

b. Verbs ending in uzir take uz instead of use in the third person of the present indicative: produzir, to produce, produz; reluzir, to shine, reluz.

Reference List of the Irregular Parts of Irregular Verbs

111. FIRST CONJUGATION

Dar ,

to give .

Indic. Pres.

dou ,

das ,

da ,

damos ,

daes ,

dão .

Pret.

dei ,

deste ,

deu ,

demos ,

destes ,

déram .

Plup.

déra ,

déras ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

dê ,

dês ,

dê ,

dêmos ,

deis ,

dêem .

Imp.

désse ,

désses ,

etc.

Fut.

dér ,

déres ,

dér ,

dermos ,

derdes ,

derem .

112. SECOND CONJUGATION

Caber ,

to hold, contain .

Indic. Pres.

caibo ,

cabes ,

cabe ,

cabemos ,

etc.

Pret.

coube ,

coubeste ,

coube ,

coubemos ,

etc.

Plup.

coubera ,

couberas ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

caiba ,

caibas ,

caibâmos ,

etc.

Imp.

coubesse ,

coubesses ,

etc.

Fut.

couber ,

couberes ,

etc.

Crer ,

to believe .

Indic. Pres.

creio ,

crês ,

crê ,

cremos ,

credes ,

creem .

Subj. Pres.

creia ,

creias ,

creia ,

creiamos ,

creiaes ,

creiam .

Imperative.

crê ,

crede .

Dizer ,

to say .

Indic. Pres.

digo ,

dizes ,

diz ,

dizemos ,

etc.

Pret.

disse ,

disseste ,

dissemos ,

etc.

Fut.

direi ,

diras ,

dirá ,

etc.

Condit.

diria ,

dirias ,

etc.

Plup.

dissera ,

disseras ,

disseramos ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

diga ,

digas ,

digâmos ,

etc.

Imp.

dissesse ,

dissesses ,

disséssemos ,

etc.

Fut.

dissér ,

disséres ,

etc.

Pres. Part.

dito .

NOTE.—The following compounds of dizer are conjugated in the same way: bemdizer, condizer, contradizer, maldizer and predizer.

Estar, to be, see page 79.

Fazer ,

to do, to make (Lat. facere ).

Indic. Pres.

faço ,

fazes ,

faz ,

fazemos ,

etc.

Pret.

fiz ,

fizeste ,

fez ,

fizemos ,

etc.

Fut.

farei ,

farás ,

fará ,

etc.

Condit.

faria ,

farias ,

faria ,

fariamos ,

etc.

Plup.

fizera ,

fizeras ,

fizéramos ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

faça ,

faças ,

faça ,

façâmos ,

etc.

Imp.

fizesse ,

fizesses ,

fizesse ,

fizéssemos ,

etc.

Fut.

fizer ,

fizeres ,

etc.

Past Part.

feito .

NOTE.—The following compounds of fazer are similarly conjugated: afazer, contrafazer, desfazer, perfazer, refazer, and satisfazer.

Haver, see page 79.

Jazer ,

to lie, to repose .

Indic. Pres.

jazo ,

jazes ,

jaz ,

jazemos ,

jazeis ,

jazem .

Pret.

jouve (antiquated ).

Ler ,

to read .

Indic. Pres.

leio ,

lés ,

lê ,

lemos ,

ledes ,

leem .

Subj. Pres.

leia ,

leias ,

leia ,

leiamos ,

leiais ,

leiam .

Perder ,

to lose .

Indic. Pres.

perco ,

perdes ,

perde ,

perdemos ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

perca ,

percas ,

perca ,

percamos ,

etc.

Poder ,

to be able .

Indic. Pres.

posso ,

podes ,

póde ,

podêmos ,

etc.

Pret.

pude ,

podeste ,

pôde or poude ,

podémos ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

possa ,

possas ,

possa ,

possâmos ,

etc.

Imp.

podesse ,

podesses ,

podesse ,

etc.

Fut.

poder ,

poderes ,

etc.

The Imperative of this verb is wanting.

Por, to put, to place.

This word and its compounds have the peculiar infinitive ending or;[46] it is, however, only a modification of its ancient form poer.

Indic. Pres.

ponho ,

pões ,

põe ,

pômos ,

pondes ,

põem .

Pret.

pus ,

poseste ,

pôs ,

posémos ,

posesetes ,

pozeram.[47]

Fut.

porei ,

porás ,

porá ,

poremos ,

poreis ,

porão.

Imper.

punha ,

punhas ,

punha ,

punhamas ,

punheis ,

punham .

Condit.

poria ,

porias ,

poria ,

poriamos ,

etc.

Plup.

posera ,

poseras ,

etc.[48]

Subj. Pres.

ponha ,

ponhas ,

ponhamos ,

etc.

Imp.

posesse ,

posesses ,

posessemos ,

etc.[48]

Fut.

poser ,

poseres ,

posermos ,

etc.

Pres. Part.

pondo .

Past Part.

pôsto .

Similarly are conjugated the compounds antepôr, oppôr, compôr, contrapôr, dispôr, impôr, etc.

Prazer ,

to please  (Impersonal).

Indic. Pres.

praz .

Pret.

prouve .

Plup.

prouvera .

Subj. Imp.

prouvesse .

Fut.

prouvera .

Querer ,

to wish .

Indic. Pres.

quero ,

queres ,

quer ,

queremos ,

etc.

Pret.

quis ,

quiseste ,

quis ,

quisemos ,

etc.,

or

quiz ,

quizeste ,

quiz ,

quizemos ,

etc.

Plup.

quisera ,

quiseras ,

quiseramos ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

queira ,

queiras ,

queirâmos ,

etc.

Imp.

quisesse ,

quisesses ,

quiséssemos ,

etc.

Fut.

quiser ,

quiseres ,

quisermos ,

etc.

This verb has no Imperative form and the Subjunctive is used in its stead.

Requerer ,

to request .

Indic. Pres.

requeiro ,

requeres ,

requer ,

requeremos ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

requeiras ,

etc.

Imperative.

requere ,

requerei .

Saber ,

to know .

Indic. Pres.

sei ,

sabes ,

sabe ,

sabemos ,

etc.

Pret.

soube ,

soubeste ,

soube ,

soubémos ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

saiba ,

saibas ,

saibâmos ,

saibaes ,

etc.

Imp.

soubesse ,

soubesses ,

soubessemos ,

etc.

Fut.

souber ,

souberes ,

etc.

Ser, to be. See page 79.

Ter, to have. See page 79.

The following compounds of ter are similarly conjugated: abster, ater, center, deter, entreter, manter, obster, reter, and suster.

Trazer ,

to bring .

Indic. Pres.

trago ,

trazes ,

traz ,

trazemos ,

etc.

Pret.

trouxe ,

trouxeste ,

trouxemos ,

etc.

Plup.

trouxera ,

trouxeras ,

trouxéramos ,

etc.

Fut.

trarei ,

trarás ,

trará ,

etc.

Condit.

traria ,

trarias ,

trariamos ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

traga ,

tragas ,

tragamos ,

tragaes ,

etc.

Imp.

trouxesse ,

trouxesses ,

trouxessemos ,

etc.

Fut.

trouxer ,

trouxeres ,

etc.

Valer ,

to be worth .

Indic. Pres.

valho ,

vales ,

vale ,

valemos ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

valha ,

valhas ,

valhâmos ,

valhaes ,

etc.

Ver ,

to see (Lat. videre ).

Indic. Pres.

vejo ,

vês ,

vê ,

vêmos ,

vêdes ,

vêem .

Pret.

vi ,

viste ,

viu ,

vimos ,

vistes ,

viram .

Plup.

vira ,

viras ,

viramos ,

vireis ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

veja ,

vejas ,

vejâmos ,

vejaes ,

etc.

Imp.

visse ,

visses ,

vissemos ,

etc.

Fut.

vir ,

vires ,

virmos ,

etc.

Past Part.

visto .

Similarly conjugated are the compounds antever, entrever, prever and rever.

113. THIRD CONJUGATION

Despedir, Expedir. See Pedir below.

Frigir ,

to fry .

Indic. Pres.

frijo ,

friges ,

frege ,

frigimos ,

frigis ,

fregem .

Past Part.

frigido

and frito .

Ir,[49]

to go .

Indic. Pres.

vou ,

vaes ,

vae ,

vamos or imos ,

ides ,

vão .

Pret.

fui ,

foste ,

foi ,

fômos ,

fostes ,

fôram .

Fut.

irei ,

iras ,

irá ,

iremos ,

ireis ,

irão .

Imp.

ia ,

ias ,

ia ,

iamos ,

ieis ,

iam .

Condit.

iria ,

irias ,

iria ,

iriamos ,

etc.

Plup.

fôra ,

fôras ,

fôra ,

fôramos ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

vá ,

vás ,

vá ,

vâmos ,

vades ,

vão .

Imp.

fôsse ,

fôsses ,

fôsse ,

fôssemos ,

etc.

Fut.

fôr ,

fôres ,

fôr ,

etc.

Imper. Pres.

vae ,

ide .

Pres. Part.

indo .

Past Part.

ido .

Medir ,

to measure .

Indic. Pres.

meço ,

medes ,

mede ,

medemos ,

medem .

Subj. Pres.

meça ,

meças ,

meça ,

meçamos ,

etc.

Ouvir ,

to hear .

Indic. Pres.

ouço ,

ouves ,

ouve ,

ouvimos ,

ouvis ,

ouvem .

Subj. Pres.

ouça ,

ouças ,

ouça ,

ouçamos ,

ouçaes ,

ouçam .

Pedir ,

to ask .

Indic. Pres.

peço ,

pedes ,

pede ,

pedimos ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

peça ,

peças ,

peça ,

peçamos ,

peçaes ,

peçam .

The compounds despedir and impedir are conjugated in the same way.

Remir,[50]

to redeem .

Indic. Pres.

redimo ,

redimes ,

redime ,

remimos ,

remis ,

redimem .

Subj. Pres.

redima ,

redimas ,

redima ,

redimâmos ,

etc.

Rir ,

to laugh .

Indic. Pres.

rio ,

ris ,

ri ,

rimos ,

rides ,

riem .

Subj. Pres.

ria ,

rias ,

ria ,

riâmos ,

riaes ,

riam .

Vir ,

to come .

Indic. Pres.

venho ,

vens ,

vem ,

vimos ,

vindes ,

vêm .

Pret.

vim ,

vieste ,

veio ,

viemos ,

viestes ,

vieram .

Imp.

vinha ,

vinhas ,

vinha ,

vinhamos ,

vinheis ,

etc.

Plup.

viera ,

vieras ,

vieramos ,

viereis ,

etc.

Subj. Pres.

venha ,

venhas ,

venhâmos ,

etc.

Imp.

viesse ,

viesses ,

viéssemos ,

etc.

Fut.

vier ,

vieras ,

viermos ,

etc.

Past Part.

vindo .

In the same way are conjugated the compounds: advir, avir-se, contravir, convir, desavir, intervir, sobrevir.

VARIABLE PARTICIPLES OF REGULAR VERBS

(See Exercise XXV, page 145)

114. Many verbs that are otherwise regular have two forms of the past participle. These participles are not always interchangeable, however, as will be seen from the following examples:

Naquelle tempo já meu irmão era morto, at that time my brother was already dead.

Naquelle tempo já meu irmão tinha morrido, at that time my brother had already died.

Muitos povos eram sujeitos a Roma, many people were subject to Rome.

Roma tinha sujeitado muitos povos, Rome had subjected many people.

In general when a verb has two forms of the past participle one of them is commonly used in the active voice and the other in the passive voice as in the examples above; some of them, however, are used in either voice, though preference is generally given to the short forms: elle tem gasto, pago, ganho. It should be observed that one form is regular and the other irregular or rather contracted.

115. List of Verbs having Two Forms of the Past Participle.—[In this list (a.) indicates that the preceding form is used in the active voice, (p.) that it is used in the passive, (a. and p.) that it is used in both voices.]

FIRST CONJUGATION

acceitar ,

to accept

acceitado (a. p. )

acceito (p. )

assentar ,

to sit

assentado (a. p. )

assento (p. )

dispersar ,

to disperse

dispersado (a. p. )

disperso (p. )

entregar ,

to deliver

entregado (a. p. )

entregue (p. )

enxugar ,

to dry

enxugado (a. p. )

enxuto (p. )

expressar ,

to express

expressado (a. p. )

expresso (p. )

expulsar ,

to expel

expulsado (a. )

expulso (p. )

fartar ,

to satiate

fartado (a. )

farto (p. )

findar ,

to finish

findado (a. p. )

findo (p. )

ganhar ,

to gain

ganhado (a. p. )

ganho (a. p. )

gastar ,

to spend

gastado (a. )

gasto (a. p. )

isentar ,

to exempt

isentado (a. )

isento (p. )

juntar ,

to collect

juntado (a. p. )

junto (a. p. )

limpar ,

to clean

limpado (a. )

limpo (a. p. )

matar ,

to kill

matado (a. )

morto (a. p.)[51]

occultar ,

to hide

occultado (a. p. )

occulto (p. )

pagar ,

to pay

pagado[52] (a. )

pago (a. p. )

salvar ,

to save

salvado (a. p. )

salvo (a. p. )

soltar ,

to loose

soltado (a. )

solto (p. )

sujeitar ,

to subject

sujeitado (a. p. )

sujeito (p. )

116.SECOND CONJUGATION[53]

accender ,

to set fire

accendido (a. p. )

acceso (p. )

eleger ,

to elect

elegido (a. )

eleito (a. p. )

envolver ,

to involve

envolvido (a. p. )

envolto (a. p. )

prender ,

to take

prendido (a. )

preso (p. )

suspender ,

to suspend

suspendido (a. p. )

suspenso (p. )

117.THIRD CONJUGATION

abrir ,

to open

abrido[54] (a. )

aberto (a. p. )

erigir ,

to erect

erigido (a. p. )

erecto (p. )

extinguir ,

to extinguish

extinguido (a. p. )

extincto (p. )

frigir ,

to fry

frigido (a. )

frito (a. p. )

imprimir ,

to print

imprimido (a. p. )

impresso (a. p. )

tingir ,

to dye

tingido (a. )

tinto (p. )

118. There are still other verbs having two forms of the past participle:

afeiçoar ,

to fashion

afeiçoado

afecto

annexar ,

to annex

annexado

annexo

ignorar ,

to ignore

ignorado

ignoto

manifestar ,

to manifest

manifestado

manifesto

sepultar ,

to bury

sepultado

sepulto[55]

suspeitar ,

to suspect

suspeitado

suspeito

absolver ,

to absolve

absolvido

absolto

absorver ,

to absorb

absorbido

absorto

extender ,

to extend

extendido

extenso

torcer ,

to twist

torcido

torto

contrahir ,

to contract

contrahido

contracto

extrahir ,

to extract

extrahido

extracto

opprimir ,

to oppress

opprimido

oppresso

reprimir ,

to repress

reprimido

represso

submergir ,

to submerge

submergido

submerso

DEFECTIVE VERBS

(See Exercise XXVI, p. 146)

119. In addition to those already mentioned in the list of irregular verbs, the following verbs are defective:

I.

advir

These verbs are used only in the forms in which the i  of the infinitive occurs.

colorir

descommedir-se

emollir

empedernir

extorquir

fallir

florir

renhir

retorquir

II. Precaver, to prevent, fremir, to roar, and soer, to be accustomed, are only used in the forms in which the roots precav, frem, and so are followed by e or i: precaves, precavia.

THE SUBJECTS OF VERBS

(See Exercise XXVI, page 146)

120. In the main verbs agree with their subjects in number and person as they do in English, but such a general rule is not always applicable in Portuguese. The following rules cover the most important cases in which there is a departure from English usage.

a. In case of compound subjects the verb may be plural as in English, as o sol e a lua são brilhantes; but in certain cases it is singular, as follows:

b. It is singular when a gradation is emphasized: una palavra, um gesto, um olhar bastava.

c. It is singular when an enumeration ends with tudo, nada, nenhum, ninguem or cada um. O ouro, os diamantes, e as perolas tudo é terra e da terra.

d. It is singular when the compound subject follows the verb: passará o céo e a terra. In case of proper names it is considered better for the verb to be plural: do mesmo pal nasceram Esau e Jacob.

e. Infinitives and phrases take the verb in the singular: perdoar erros e engrandecer bons intentos é de espirito generoso.

f. In case of contrasts the verb is plural: amar, aggravar, e empecer não se compadecem.

g. The following have the verb either singular or plural indifferently: um e outro, nem um nem outro, mais de um. Um e outro quer morrer. Um e outro fugiram.

h. In certain idiomatic expressions singular subjects appear to have plural verbs. (1) Nos é que somos patriotas. In this sentence nos é que may, however, be regarded as an adverbial expression. Some grammarians regard it as analytically equivalent to que nós somos patriotas é (facto). (2) Tudo são trevas; o mundo são homens.

i. Similarly a first person may be used with a verb of the third person: eu é que digo adeus, it is I who say good-by.

j. When one subject is in the first person and another is of the second or third, the verb is first person plural. Eu e tu temos, the eu and tu being equivalent to nós. Nem eu nem vós sabemos come nasce amor, literally, neither I nor you, (that is, we) do not know how love begins.

k. When one subject is in the second person and another is in the third, the verb is second person plural. Tu e Carlos estaes bons, you and Carlos are good.

121. Impersonal Verbs.[56]—(See Exercise XXVII, page 147.) Impersonal verbs are used only in the third person. The English impersonal it is not separately expressed in this impersonal use.

Examples: ha homens sabios, there are wise men; houve festas, there were feasts (festivities); faz calor, it is warm; faz uma semana hoje, it is a week to-day; é facil, it is easy; é justo, it is just; é bem que, it is well that; é preciso, it is necessary; são duas horas, it is two o’clock; dizem, they say. Other forms especially characteristic of the Portuguese, but used in various tenses, are:

acontece, it happens

apraz-me, it pleases me

basta, it is enough

carece, it is necessary, there is need that

chega, that will do

convem, it is well, it suits

cumpre, it is necessary: cumpre dizel-o, it must be said

custa, it costs: custa dormir, it is hard to sleep

dar-se, to happen: deu-se esse facto, this is what happened

é, era, foi, etc., from ser (§ 109), it is, was, etc.

faz, fazia, fez, from fazer (§ 112), it is, was, etc.

fica, it remains, rests, is, etc., as fica combinado, it is agreed

ha, havia, houve, from haver (§ 109), there is, there are, there was, there has been

importa, it matters

parece, it seems

praz-me, it pleases me, I am pleased

urge, it is urgent

resta, it remains

a. There are also the usual forms expressing operations of nature, such as chove, it rains.

b. The impersonal verbs are often used in the passive voice, as alli se vive sem desejo, there one lives without desire; diz-se que, it is said that; precisa-se de um criado, a servant is wanted.

122. Prepositions Required by Verbs.—Some verbs are followed by certain prepositions, such as a, até, com, de, em, para, por, sobre, in their various forms. Some of these usages correspond to the English, but most of them do not. Only a few of the cases where the usage differs from English are given here.

a. A, to, of, is used after perguntar, prohibir, and perdoar: perguntou ao medico, he asked the physician; prohibiu ao moço, he forbade the youth. Eu perdôo a quantos me fizeram mal, I forgive all those who have ill used me. A is used with the infinitive when it is the object of a verb, as explained at § 123d.

b. The use of a after querer determines the meaning of the verb: querer a alguma pessoa is to esteem or love some one, while querer alguma cousa is to desire something.

c. Até, to, at, is used after chegar and ir: fui até a cidade, I went as far as the city.

d. Com, with, is used after estar, to be, ter, to have, and casar, to marry; estou com fome, I am hungry; estou com frio, I am cold; fui ter com elle, I went to have an interview with him; casou com a filha de T, he married the daughter of T.

e. De, of, is used after:

approveitar-se, to improve the opportunity

cessar, to cease

depender, to depend

deixar, to leave

gostar, to like

morrer, to die

precizar, to need

and after certain reflexive forms, such as,

lembrar-se, to remember

esquecer-se, to forget

and verbs implying motion from. Examples:

Gosto de café, I like coffee

Morre de fome e de frio, he is dying of hunger and cold

Deixa de asneiras, stop your folly

Lembrou-se da occasião, he remembered the occasion

For de before an infinitive objective, see § 123f.

f. Classic writers use de with several other verbs, such as,

d’esta agua não beberei, I shall not drink of this water;

d’este pão não comerei, I shall not eat of this bread.

g. Em, in, is used after estar: o dono está em casa? is the proprietor at home?

h. Para, for, to, is used after certain verbs implying motion towards: ir, partir, vir, buscar, olhar, and deitar:

Vou para casa, I am going home

Partiu para Lisboa, he has gone to Lisbon

Olhe para cá, look this way

A janella deita para o rio, the window opens toward the river

i. NOTE.—On the other hand several verbs which in English are followed by prepositions do not require prepositions in Portuguese. Such are:

Agradecer, to thank for: agradeço-lhe o presente, I thank you for the present.

Almoçar, to breakfast on: almoçou peixe, he breakfasted on fish.

Calçar, to put on (the feet): calcei chinellas, I put on slippers.

Cear, to sup on: ceou cha, he supped on tea.

Falar, to speak of: falou politica, he talked about politics.

Subir, to climb up: subiu a serra, he climbed up the mountain.

Vestir, to put on: vesti o paletó, I put on the coat.

OBJECTS OF VERBS

(See Exercise XXVIII, page 148)

123. The objects of verbs differ in the following respects from usages in English:

a. When the direct object of a verb is a person or living being, that name is preceded by the preposition a, to, especially when it is necessary to distinguish the object from the subject. Ama a Deus, love God; a Pompeu venceu Cesar, Cæsar overcame Pompey; elle subjugou ao tigre, he overcame the tiger. But when the object is an animal other than man the a, to, may be omitted as subjugou o tigre.

b. When the direct object precedes the verb or when ambiguity is possible, the preposition a, to, precedes the object: vence o dia á noite or á noite vence o dia, day overcomes night.

c. When the direct object is one of the pronouns mim, ti, si, elle, a, nos, vos, elles, and os they are preceded by the preposition a: elle os colheu a mim e não a ti.

d. When the direct object is an infinitive the following verbs take the preposition a: aprender, começar, ensinar, principiar. Example: ensinou a falar.

e. These verbs, when followed by the infinitive denoting the beginning of action, require a: começar, deitar, entrar, meter, desatar, botar. Começou a escrever, he began to write; deitaram a fugir, they began to flee.

f. When the direct object of a verb is an infinitive, certain of these verbs when signifying the beginning, continuation or cessation of action, take de before that infinitive. These verbs are: acabar, arrancar, cessar, começar, continuar, deixar, tomar, travar. Example: acabou de escrever, he has done writing; comecei de (or a) almoçar, I began to breakfast.

SPECIAL USES OF VERBS

(See Exercise XXVIII, page 148)

124. a. To express existence in its various phases, besides estar and ser, many verbs are used. Some of these are here illustrated: acho-me doente, literally, I find myself ill; sinto-me envelhecido, literally, I feel myself grown old; viu-se empobrecido, literally, he saw himself impoverished; anda alegre, literally, he goes joyous, that is, he is happy.

b. Certain verbs are combined to express movement and perception: ouvi cantar, I heard (him) sing; vi sahir, I saw (him) go out; mandei fazer, I ordered made; fiz concertar, I had (it) mended.

c. When a participle is used as an adjective it is often followed by de: cercada e ornada de flores, surrounded and decorated with flowers. This is especially true of the verbs acompanhar, seguir, preceder, cercar, forrar, cobrir, pintar, fazer, vestir.

Some grammarians explain the use of de in these instances as part of elliptical phrases.

PERIPHRASTIC VERB PHRASES

(See Exercise XXIX, page 149)

125. The Portuguese has periphrastic active, and passive verb phrases formed by the aid of auxiliaries. (See auxiliaries § 109).

a. Periphrastic active phrases are made by placing the required forms of ter, to have (see page 79), before the perfect participle masculine singular of the main verb: tenho escrito a carta, I have written the letter.

tenho escrito, I have written

tens escrito, thou hast written

tem escrito, he (she) has written

temos escrito, we have written

b. Periphrastic passive phrases are formed by the use of ser or estar, to be, and the participle of the main verb which must agree with the subject. (See notes on ser and estar on page 78.)

Tenho sido transportado, I have been carried

José foi morto, Jose was killed

Maria estava molhada pela chuva, Maria was wet by the rain

c. The active voice is often used where the passive would be used in English. Mandou preparar o jantar, he ordered dinner to be prepared. Mandei trazer um livro, I ordered a book to be brought. É de suppor, é de ver, é de crer are all translatable only in passive forms.

d. Progressive phrases are formed by the use of estar, to be, ficar, to remain, ir, to go, and some others with the present participle of the main verb. Estou fallando, I am speaking; fica sabendo que ——, know that ——.

REFLEXIVE VERBS

(See Exercise XXX, page 150)

126. The reflexive verbs are conjugated by connecting the reflexive pronouns me, te, se, nos, and vos with the verb: não me metto nisto, I do not meddle in this affair; vá se deitar, go lie down; vá se embora, go away:

a. A certain force and grace are sometimes imparted by the use of reflexive forms even when the verb is intransitive. Ella morre de tristeza, she is dying of grief, is grammatically correct, but ella se morre de tristeza is a more expressive way to say the same thing owing to the attention called to the subject by the use of se.

b. Certain verbs are much used in the reflexive sense: queixar-se, to complain, and arrepender-se, to repent, are used only in the reflexive forms; despedir-se, to take leave, and calar-se, to hush, are used in both the active and reflexive forms, but the active forms have different meanings.

c. Neuter or impersonal reflexives with me, se, etc., are much used: me dizem or dizem-me, they tell me; me parece or parece-me, it seems to me.

d. The reflexive verbs do not take as objects the pronouns o, a, os, as.

IMPERATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE

(See Exercise XXXI, page 151)

127. Colloquially the imperative is not so much used as the subjunctive which is used in its place. Thus fale (subj. pres.) com ella would be used in place of fala (imper.) com ella, speak to her; the latter is regarded as less polite, possibly because fala has tu (understood) as its subject, while fale has for its subject o Senhor, você, etc. For the same reason tenha paciencia (subj.), have patience, is used in place of tem paciencia (imper.).[57] Preste (not presta) attenção, pay attention.

a. It is especially to be noted that when there is a negative the subjunctive should be used instead of the imperative: não deva, you ought not (not não deve); não me fale (subj.), don’t talk to me (not não me fala, imperative).

b. One of the most common errors in Portuguese is the use of the present indicative in place of the imperative (or subjunctive). The following are examples: Traz-me um copo d’agua, should be traze-me (or traga-me) um copo d’agua, fetch me a glass of water; diz a seu pai que, should be dize a teu pai (or diga a seu pai) que, tell your father that; traduz este carta, should be traduze esta carta, translate this letter.

THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND THE INDICATIVE

128. In certain dependent sentences the subjunctive or the indicative is used according to circumstances. When the fact is doubtful the subjunctive is used, otherwise the indicative:

É incerto que venha, it is uncertain about his coming.

É certo que vem, it is certain that he is coming.

Não conheço pintor que faça este quadro, I know no painter who could make this picture.

Não conheço o pintor que fez este quadro means: I do not know the painter who made this picture.

129. When the adverb talvez, perhaps, precedes a verb it should be subjunctive; when it follows the verb, it should be indicative: talvez seja isso exacto, or isso é talvez exacto, perhaps this (or it) is so.

130. Certain idiomatic expressions use the subjunctive with the indefinite and relative pronouns as explained at § 102.

131. Similarly the subjunctive is used with como: seja como for, be that as it may.

132. The subjunctive is sometimes used in the sense of a conjunction: estão ao alcance de todos os que as buscam, seja como estudo, seja como curiosidade (HERCULANO). They are within the reach of all who seek them whether for study or (as a mere matter of) curiosity.

PERSONAL INFINITIVE

(See Exercise XXXI, page 151)

133. The personal infinitive is an inflected form of the infinitive. It is found in the oldest Portuguese writings, and it is likewise different in use from anything in any other language.[58] Its use is best explained by examples:

Impersonal: comprei este livro para estudar, I bought this book (for me) to study.

Personal: comprei este livro para estudardes, I bought this book for you to study. O nosso mestre está contente por sabermos a lição, our teacher is pleased because we know the lesson. Ficou surprehendido de não estarem os soldados devidamente em ordem, he was surprised that the soldiers were not duly in order. É preciso comprarmos, it is necessary to buy (that we buy).

FOOTNOTES:

[34] On the ending am and ão see § 9b foot-note and § 108.

[35] On the ending am and ão see § 9b foot-note and § 108.

[36] The English perfect tense is represented by the imperfect and preterit of the Portuguese, and the discriminate use of these tenses in the Portuguese is one of the greatest difficulties for English speaking persons.

[37] Some grammarians call this the gerund.

[38] For its use in expressing the time of day see § 64.

[39] For meanings see § 109.

[40] Ser is an auxiliary only in the passive voice. It is called a mixed verb on account of its being made up of different verbs: sou, somos (Lat. sum, etc.); era, eramos (Lat. eram); fui, fomos (Lat. fui); serei, seria, seja (Lat. sedere).

[41] Contracted to hemos, heis.

[42] This was formerly written he.

[43] Formerly written sam.

[44] See note on page 71 on the conditional and pluperfect.

[45] Contracted to hia, etc.

[46] Some grammarians regard por and its compounds as a fourth conjugation.

[47] In these forms Bento José de Oliveira in his Nova Gramatica Portuguesa, ed. of 1904, uses u instead of o, os:—puseste, pusera, pusesse.

[48] In these forms Bento José de Oliveira in his Nova Gramatica Portuguesa, ed. of 1904, uses u instead of o, os:—puseste, pusera, pusesse.

[49] This is really a defective verb made up of parts of three different verbs: ir, irmos, irdes, etc., from the Latin ire; vou, vaes, vão, etc. from the Latin vadere; fui, fosse, fôr, etc., from fui of the verb ser.

[50] Remir and redimir are forms of the same verb.

[51] The form morto is usurped from the verb morrer, to die.

[52] Pagado is now quite antiquated.

[53] Grammarians often give escrevido here as a regular participle from escrever, but as a matter of fact the word is not used.

[54] Used only in the compound form desabrido.

[55] Sepulto used only in compound form insepulto.

[56] These verbs are sometimes called “unipersonal” in Portuguese, for their forms are not always confined to the third person. For example, haver, ser, and fazer and others have all the persons.

[57] One often hears tenha a paciencia, which is correct when the sentence has a complement, as tenha a paciencia de ler esta carta.

[58] Bento José de Oliveira, in his Nova Gramática Portuguesa, 26a ed. p. 46, says that the personal infinitive should be regarded as an aorist form of the subjunctive.

VIII. THE INDECLINABLES

ADVERBS

(See Exercise XXXII, page 152)

134. Adverbs may be single words as bem, well, logo,[59] presently, cedo, early.

a. Or they may be adverbial phrases such as the following:

a miudo, repeatedly

ante-hontem, day before yesterday

as cegas, blindly

as escuras, darkly

até aqui, thus far

a toda hora, hourly

a torto e direito, right and left

a vista, at sight

com effeito, indeed

d’aqui a pouco, shortly

d’aqui em diante, henceforth

de dia, by day

de longe, afar

de noite, by night

de nenhuma sorte, by no means

de perto, near by

de repente, suddenly

de chofre, suddenly, unexpectedly

de tarde, in the afternoon

de vez em quando, from time to time

em fim, finally

em seguida, one after another

em vão, in vain

hoje em dia, nowadays (popular)

para sempre, forever

pelo menos, at least

por baixo, below

por cima, above

por em quanto, meantime

pouco mais ou menos, a little more or less

quando muito, at most

b. The following are composite forms: depois (de and pois), afterwards; quiça, perhaps, (abbreviation of quem sabe, who knows); tambem (tão and bem), also; tampouco or tão pouco. Example: elle não quiz e eu tão pouco, he didn’t want it, and neither did I.

c. Many adverbs are formed by adding mente to a feminine adjective. The mente is usually to be translated by the English ending ly; escuramente, darkly; propriamente, properly.

d. When two or more adjectives ending in mente follow each other this termination is used with the last and is understood for the others: justa e propriamente, justly and properly.

e. Some adverbs have the same forms as the masculine adjectives: such are alto, baixo, barato, certo, claro, conforme, and muito: falar baixo, to speak low; comprou barato, he bought cheaply.

f. Que is an adverb when used to modify an adjective, and can be substituted by como, quão or quanto: que bella é a noite, how fine the night is.

g. Eis, best translated behold, is a demonstrative adverb: eis Lisboa! behold Lisbon! Eis o homem! behold the man! Eis que, eis-aqui, eis-ahi, and eis-alli are all used in directing attention. With the objective of the personal pronouns it forms enclitics: eil-o, eil-os, see him, see them.

h. Adverbs are sometimes used after certain verbs where English requires adjectives. These verbs are: estar, ficar, permanecer, sair, continuar. The following expressions are good Portuguese: Este negocio parece-me bom or parece-me bem, this business seems to me to be good. Estou bem or estou bom (or boa), I am well. Está bem, he is well off (financially).

135. a. Special cases.—Aqui, here, in this place, is associated with the first person. Por aqui, this way; d’aqui, hence, d’aqui a tres dias, three days hence; d’aqui em diante, henceforth, from now on.

b. Cá, here, is also associated with the first person: vem cá, come here. It is also used with the first person for emphasis: eu cá me entendo, I (here) know what I am about.

c. Ahi is associated with the second person and refers to a fixed place near the speaker: bote ahi, put it just there.

d. Ali is associated with the third person and refers to a more distant and fixed place.

e. Muito when used in comparisons may mean either very or too; muito longe may be either very far or too far, according to the context.

f. Sim, yes, is used after que in indirect discourse to mean so or just so; creio que sim, I believe so; acho que sim, I find it so, or I think so.

g. Sim and não as replies are rarely used alone, but in polite conversation are accompanied by Senhor or Senhora.

h. Where yes would be used in English, in Portuguese the verb used is ordinarily repeated or é is used. Está prompto? Are you ready? Estou, I am. Viu o vapor? Did you see the steamer? Vi, or vi-o, I saw it.

i. Nada is sometimes used as an emphatic no, as explained in § 136.

j. Mesmo is used for emphasis in connection with the adverbs ahi, aqui, etc.: ahi mesmo, in that very spot.

k. D’ahi por diante or d’ahi em diante, from that time on.

l. Lá em cima, up there; lá em baixo, down there.

m. Aonde, where, whither, indicates motion toward, and donde, whence, motion from a place; onde estou, donde venho, e aonde vou, where I am, whence I come, and whither I go.

n. Para onde, whither; para baixo, downward; para traz, backward.

o. Por onde, which way; por baixo, beneath; por detraz, behind.

p. The English ago is expressed by the use of the impersonal verb ha, from haver (§ 109): ha um anno, a year ago.

q. Just, and just now are expressed by the use of the verbs acabar and chegar, and by the adverbs ainda agora: as acabou de jantar, he has just dined; and ainda agora jantou, he has just now dined. Agorinha, a diminutive form of agora, now, is similarly used and shortens the time past.

r. There is expressed by ali (or alli), lá, and acolá. Lá and acolá are associated with the third person, and refer to places distant but not precise. Bote lá, put it there, i. e., somewhere there. Digo a um vae acolá, e elle vae; e a outro vem cá, e elle vem, I say to one go there and he goes, and to another come here and he comes.

s. It often happens that a single English word can be rendered in Portuguese only by an adverbial phrase; such are somewhat and somewhere. Um tanto indisposto, somewhat ill; em alguma outra parte, somewhere else.

Algures is sometimes, but not often, used for somewhere.

NEGATION

(See Exercise XXXIII, page 153)

136. The adverbs of simple negation are:

não, no, not: não estudei, I have not studied

nem, neither, nor: nem um nem outro, neither the one nor the other

nunca, never: nunca vi, I have never seen: nunca mais, never more

jamais, never: nunca jamais o saberá, you will never know it

nada, nothing. (Though commonly a noun this word is sometimes used as an adverb of emphatic negation: vai a cidade? are you going to the city? Nada! decidedly not!)

The expression pois não, literally, why not, is sometimes an affirmative, equivalent to certainly, but it is sometimes a negative. The meaning in these cases is determined by the intonation.

Pois sim is similarly an affirmation or negation according to intonation.

137. Double or Emphatic Negative.—Two negatives are used for the purpose of strengthening the negation, and are not, as in English, equivalent to an affirmative. Não sei nada disso, I know nothing about it, is correct Portuguese; likewise are such expressions as não sei não; não tenho nada; não ha nada; não conheço ninguem; não devemos nunca.

INTERROGATION

(See Exercise XXXIII, page 153)

138. There is no special arrangement of words for asking a question. That a question is asked is indicated colloquially by the tone of the voice, or, when written, it is shown by the use of the interrogation mark. Este livro é meu may mean is this book mine? in which case the interrogation mark would be used, or it may mean this book is mine.

There are certain words, however, which in themselves sometimes, but not always, imply questions, such as quanto or quanta, how much; quantos or quantas, how many; porque, why or because; como, how or as, and qual, which. The expression não é assim? is it not so? and não acha? don’t you find it so? refer to a preceding sentence or idea and are equivalent to the French n’est-ce pas? or the German nicht wahr?

PREPOSITIONS

(See Exercise XXXIV, page 154)

139. Prepositions are either single, as a, to, até, until; or they are prepositional phrases: cerca de, about, antes de, before (in time).

The prepositions de and a are used in connection with direct objects as explained § 122, 123.

a. De follows certain adjectives:

capaz de, capable of: elle é capaz de chegar a qualquer hora, he is liable to arrive at any time

cego de, blind: cego de um olho, blind in one eye

cego de raiva, blind with rage

dependente de, dependent upon

digno de, worthy of

doente de, ill with or of

distante de, distant from

facil de, easy to

proprio de, proper to, or for

proprio para,

b. Similarly de follows certain participles used as adjectives (see § 124c), such as

pintado de verde, painted green

vestida de seda, dressed in silk

c. De is also used idiomatically in such expressions as estar de pé or em pé, to stand up; ir de chinellas, to go in one’s slippers.

d. The preposition de is much used in certain idiomatic phrases and sentences, such as chorar de prazer, to weep for joy; morrer de fome, to die of hunger; fazer de tolo, to act the fool; responder de não, to say no; chamar de ladrão, to call one a thief.

e. The preposition de, of, often drops the e and takes an apostrophe when followed by a word beginning with a vowel: d’este, of this, for de este; d’aquelle, of that; they are also written deste and daquelle, with elle it forms delle.

f. When the preposition de is followed by the definite article, the two words unite and are written and pronounced do, da, dos, das (in place of de o, etc.). (See § 15b.)

140. The preposition em, in, is similarly combined with the definite article forming no, na, nos, nas, as explained at § 15c, and with este, esse, and aquelle forming neste, nesse, and naquelle.

141. The preposition a, to, has so many and such varied uses that it seems best to give a list of them:[60]

A, to, is used to express:

a. The place to or toward which, with the idea of returning: ir a praça, to go to the square.

b. The place where or near which: estar á porta, to be at the door; situado a beira-mar, situated at the seaside.

c. Distance, measure of place and time: a tiro de bala, a gunshot away; a tres kilometros, three kilometers away.

d. End or purpose: trabalhar a bem da patria, to work for the good of the country; deu-lhe o vinho a provar, he gave him the wine to test.

e. Material: pintar a oleo, to paint in oil; bordar a ouro, to embroider with gold.

f. Time in which: partir ao meio dia, to leave at noon.

g. Future time near at hand expressed with the infinitive: está a chegar, he is about to arrive.

h. Length of time: d’aqui a dez dias, ten days hence.

i. Manner: obra feita a pedaços, work done by bits; a pé, afoot; a cavallo, horseback; a nado, (by means of) swimming.

j. Distribution and succession: dois a dois, two by two; gota a gota, drop by drop.

k. Means, instrument, cause: matar á fome, to kill with hunger; ás punhaladas, with dagger thrusts; cantar á viola, to sing with a viola; calçar aos pés, to wear on the feet. (See note § 8. 2.)

l. Measure, price, tax: medir a metros, to measure in meters; comprar ás arrobas, to buy by the arroba; vender a peso, to sell by weight; juros a cinco per cento, interest at five per cent.

m. Quantity: aos centos, by the hundreds; chover a bom chover, to pour down rain.

n. Manner of action (with infinitives): andar a saltar, to go jumping; ouvir passaros a cantar, to hear the birds a-singing.

o. Conformity: ao parecer, as it seems, a vontade, as much as one likes.

p. Object of reference: prompto a responder, ready to respond; apertar a mão a alguem, to press one’s hand.

q. Hypothesis: a ser assim, so to be.

r. A and para, to, besides other relations, both express movement toward, but with this noteworthy difference: a contains the idea of returning, while para contains the idea of remaining. Vou a Europa and vou para Europa both mean I am going to Europe, and are both correct Portuguese, but the former means that I go to return, while the latter means I go to remain there.

In such expressions as está para chegar and está a chegar, he is about to arrive, both refer to future action, but para expresses a more remote and a a more immediate action.

142. In verse and colloquially com, with, sometimes drops the m when followed by the definite article: co’os teus or c’os teus, with thy, in place of com os teus.

On the preposition per see § 15d.

143. Pelo que is an idiomatic expression: pelo que dizem, from what they say; pelo que me toca, in so far as it concerns (touches) me.

Certain adjectives and participles used as adjectives are followed by por:

celebre

distincto

famoso

illustre

notavel

responsavel

Examples of participles used as adjectives and requiring por:

banhado

cercado[61]

conhecido

disperso

habitado[61]

perseguido

povoado[61]

144. The following are idiomatic prepositional expressions:

abaixo de, beneath

acima de, on top of

afim de, to the end that

alem de, beyond

ao redor de, around

aquem de, this side of

a roda de, about

cerca de, about

diante de, before

de entre, between

de frente de, in front of

dentro de, inside of

depois de, after

de proposito, on purpose

de sob, below

de sobra, superabundantly

de todo, entirely

detraz de, behind

de vez em quando, from time to time

junto de, near

longe de, far from

perto de, near

por baixo de, below

por cima de, above

For prepositions required by certain verbs see § 122.

CONJUNCTIONS

(See Exercise XXXIV, page 154)

145. Conjunctions are either single as e,[62] and, porem, but, que, than, or they are conjunctional phrases. Following are the more idiomatic of the conjunctional phrases:

afim de que, for the purpose of

ainda que, although, in spite of the fact that

a não ser que, unless

antes que, rather than, before

apesar de, in spite of

apesar de que, in spite of the fact that

comtanto que, so that, provided

de maneira que, so that, in such a way that

de modo que, so that, in such a way that

depois que, after that

de tal modo que, in such fashion that

de tal sorte que, in such fashion that

emquanto que, while, although

entretanto que, whilst

no caso que, in case that

para que, in order that

se bem que, although

sem que, unless

visto que, in view of the fact that

a. Than is usually que, but it is also expressed by de, de que, do que, da que: mais agua que café, more water than coffee; mais que vinte, more than twenty; mais do que é necessario, more than is necessary; mais de uma vez, more than once.

b. Either ... or are expressed by ou ... ou: ou pode ou não pode, either you can or you cannot.

c. Neither ... nor are expressed by não ... nem or by nem ... nem: não quero, nem posso, I neither wish nor can I; não tenho nem ouro nem prata, I have neither gold nor silver.

INTERJECTIONS

146. Interjections are single words as Oh, oxalá, would to God, or they are interjectional phrases as valha-me Deus! ai de mim! alas me! quem me dera, would that; tomára que elle venha, I wish he would come.

Interjectional phrases containing de such as ai de mim, infeliz de ti, pobre delle, are said to be elliptical; the complete expression would be something like: Ai (tem compaixão) de mim! infeliz (tenho compaixão) de ti! pobre (tenho compaixão) delle! (§ 139e) coitado! coitadinha!

ABBREVIATIONS USED IN WRITING

(See Exercise XXXV, page 155)

147. There are several abbreviations of Latin origin that are the same as those in English, such as A. D. for anno domini, etc. for et cetera, P. S. for post scriptum, and the like. In addition there are many abbreviations for Portuguese words, the most common of which are given in the following list. These are used extensively in correspondence, and in the official documents.

Affᵒ = affectuoso

Amo. or Aᵒ = amigo

Antᵒ = Antonio

Attᵒ = attento

Bᵉˡ = bacharel

Bᵗᵒ = Bento

Capᵐ = Capitão

Cⁱᵃ or Comp. = companhia

Consᵒ or Consʳᵒ = conselheiro

Cᵒˡ or Corᵉˡ = Coronel

Crᵈᵒ = criado

D. = Dom, Dona.

D. G. = Deus guarde

Dᵃ = dita, Dona.

Dᵒ = dito

D. D. or Digᵐᵒ = Dignissimo

Dr. = Doutor

E. F. = Estrada de ferro

Exᵐᵒ = Excellentissimo

Exᵐᵃ = Excellentissima

E. R. M. = espera receber mercê

Ferᵃ = Ferreira

Fr. = Frei

Franᶜᵒ = Francisco

Frᶜᵒ = Francisco

Genˡ = General

humˡ = humilde

Illma. = Illustrissima

Imp. = Imperial

J. C. = Jesus Christo

Janᵒ = Janeiro

Joaqᵐ = Joaquim

Jᵐ = Joaquim

Jᵉ = José

M. D. = muito digno

Mˡ or Mel. = Manuel

Mᵃ = minha and Maria

Mto. = muito

N. = norte

N. or Nᵒ. = numero

N. S. = Nosso Senhor

Nᵃ Sᵃ = Nossa Senhora

O. = oeste

Obdᵒ or Obgᵈᵒ = obrigado

Obdᵃ or Obgᵈᵃ = obrigada

O. D. C. = offerece, dedica e consagra (used in the dedication of books, etc.)

p. p. = proxima passada

pᵃ = para

pᵉ = padre

Perᵃ = Pereira

P. E. F. = por especial favor

qᵈᵒ = quando

qᵗᵒ = quanto

Revᵃ = Reverencia, Reverendissima

Rvᵈᵒ = Reverendo

Rvᵐᵒ = Reverendissimo

s/c = sua casa

S. = São,[63] Silva, Sousa, sua, sul

S. M. I. = Sua Majestade Imperial

S. P. = serviço publico

S. S. = Sua Senhoria, Sua Santidade

Sr., Snr. = Senhor

Snra. = Senhora

Stᵒ = Santo[63]

Stᵃ = Santa[63]

S. E. O. = salvo erro ou omissão

V. = Você

Vᵃ = Viuva

V. A. = Vossa Alteza

V. A. R. = Vossa Alteza Real

V. Exᵃ = Vossa Excellencia

V. Magᵉ = Vossa Majestade

V. M. I. = Vossa Majestade Imperial

Venᵈᵒʳ = Venerador

V. M. = Vossa Mercê

Vmᶜᵉ = Vossa Mercê

V. S. or Vᵃ Sᵃ = Vossa Senhoria

1°, 2° = primeiro, segundo, etc.

7br. = Setembro

8br. = Outubro

9br. = Novembro

1Obr. = Dezembro

SIMILARITY OF WORDS IN THE TWO LANGUAGES

(See Exercise XXXVI, page 156)

One of the difficulties sometimes encountered by a beginner of Portuguese comes from a misleading similarity of certain words in the two languages. A few such words are here brought together to illustrate and emphasize this feature of the language, but the list is not complete.

It is noticeable that words of this kind are chiefly from the Latin, and that they have descended to the English language with one of their meanings emphasized, and to the Portuguese with another. It should be noted, however, that the meanings given are the common rather than the only ones.

List of Portuguese Words having a Meaning Different from Similar Words in English

PORTUGUESE

ENGLISH

acção

share (in company )

accordar

to waken

actual

present (time )

admirar-se

to be surprised

alumno

student

apreciar

enjoy

armar (rede )

tie up

artista

artisan

ascender

to light (fire )

assentar

to sit

assistir

to be present

bravo

wild

bruto

rough

campo

open field

collegio

school (preparatory )

combinar

agree

commum

ordinary

competencia

jurisdiction

concertar

to mend

constipação

cold (in the head )

damno

injury

demandar (porto )

to head for

denunciar

to announce (and  denounce)

desapontar

to put out

desgraça

misfortune

direito

right, straight

durar

to last

espaço

period

espectaculo

performance

estreito

narrow

esquesito

queer

face

cheek

faltar

to be lacking

fama

rumor

impertinente

exacting

importar

to amount to

idioma

language

idiotismo

idiom

miseravel

wretched

miseria

want

nomear

appoint

offendido

hurt

officio

trade

ordinario

commonplace, worthless

parente

kinsman

particular

private

partir

to start

prejuizo

injury

querer

wish

real

royal

regimento

rule

ruim

bad

segundo

according to

sereno

dew

singular

peculiar

sorte

prize

successo

accident

vapor

steam, steamer

vicio

habit

vulgarizar

to popularize

vulgarmente

commonly

FOOTNOTES:

[59] Logo is an unusually elastic adverb meaning all the way from right now to never.

[60] Nova Gramatica Portugueza de Bento José de Oliveira, 26a ed. Coimbra, 1904, p. 98.

[61] Cercado, habitado, and povoado also admit of de, as cercado de amigos, surrounded by friends.

[62] The conjunction e, and, is sounded almost as if it were i, and when written is distinguished from é, is, by the latter always having the acute accent.

[63] São, Santo and Santa, Saint. São is a short form of Santo, and is used before names beginning with a consonant, as São José, São Tomaz. Santo is used before words beginning with a vowel, as Santo Antonio, Santo Ignacio. Santa is the feminine form and is used before feminine nouns; the final a is dropped when the name begins with a vowel, as Sant’ Anna.

EXERCISES

I

PRONUNCIATION OF THE VOWELS

(See § 2, page 5)

a: ha, sal, para, gato, mata, ama, aza.

e: pé, fé, sé; sello, mesmo; desde, elle, vale, grande.

i: li, vi, ri, dormi, kilo; animal, limitado, dividir.

o: so, forte, voz, embora.

avô, vogal, por.

vento, bello, curto, tudo, isto.

u: tu, lugar, cru, tribu, uma, singular, natureza.

y: syllaba, martyr, myope, mystério, lyrico.

VOWEL-COMPOUNDS: PURE DIPHTHONGS

(See § 3, page 6)

ai: Cairo, paiol, mais, vai, jamais, amais.

au: pau, mau.

ei: lei, anneis, achei, sapateiro, primeiro, hei, dinheiro.

eu: eu, ceu, deu, breu.

iu: viu, insistiu.

oe: heroe.

oi: boi, foi, noite, depois, coitado.

ou: ouro, couro, pouco, estou, sou, pensou.

ui: fui, cuidado.

NASAL DIPHTHONGS

(See § 3, page 7)

ã: irmã, rã, sã, maçã, la.

ãe: mãe, cães, pães, capitães, allemães.

ão: mão, não, irmão, João, são, attenção, nação, coração.

õe: nações, edições, feições, corações, feijões, Camões.

ui: muito.

Other nasal sounds: bem, bom, fim, fins, sem, sim, som, com, bons, um, uns, homem, homenagem, vim, vins.

II

PRONUNCIATION OF THE CONSONANTS

(See § 5, page 7)

b: bala, bobo.

c: cada, faca, cedo, cesta, cinco, civil, corta, culpa.

ch: cha, chamar, chimica, epocha, cholera, chocar.

ç: cortiça, benção, ouço.

d: dado, desde, dia, doce, duro.

f: fazer, ferro, fico, fogo, café, offerta.

g: gallo, gosto, gusa.

geral, gengebra, gymnasio.

guia, guisa, guincho.

gn: maligno, assignar, signal, digno.

h: ha, haver, herva, hora, hoje.

j: anjo, José, jogo, jejum, já.

k: kilo, kali.

l: lastro, litro, leste, lontra, lustroso, elle.

lh: carvalho, barulho, batalha, brilho, orelha, orgulho.

m: mármore, momento, alguem, bem, hontem, porem.

n: entende, neste, naquelle, ninho, nove, nuvem.

nh: ganhar, gallinha, tenho, tamanho, caminho.

p: pagina, pintura, ponta, praça.

ph: philosophia, phosphoro.

pt: escripto, prompto or pronto, captivo.

quadro, qualquer, quatorze.

q: quinze, aqui, quieto.

quente, quem, queijo.

renda, rio, rosto, rustico.

r: burro, serra, guerra.

caro, serio, genro, melro.

salsa, sino, socio.

s: lisa, casar, formosa, saudoso, abuso.

t: tio, tonto.

th: thesouro, mathematico.

v: vacca, velho, vela, vinho, viuvo, visivel.

x: trouxe.

sexo, fluxo.

extenso, excepto.

exame, exemplo, exorbitante, existencia.

caixa, peixe.

xadrez, xiz, xique-xique.

z: zona, zinco, zurrar, brazas, zangado.

III

ACCENTS[64]

(See § 8-9, page 13)

ão: caixão, caixões, lião, attenção, nações, orfão.

i: aqui, Ariry, Piquiry.

l: azul, perfil, general.

r: vapor, salgar, senhor.

u: tatu, bambu, caju.

z: rapaz, feroz, rapidez, solidez, alcatraz.

im: marfim, latim.

ia: theologia, mineralogia.

aça: fumaça, alfaça.

ade: liberdade, caridade.

ode: bode, bigode.

ice: tolice, indice, apendice.

ude: virtude, altitude.

ado -a: usado -a, cravado.

edo: olivedo, figueredo.

ido -a: cosido -a, resumido.

udo -a: cascudo -a.

ato: barato, celibato.

ano: bahiano, oceano.

anço -a: descanço, balanço, alliança, esperança.

anco: banco, flanco, arranco.

anto: amianto, encanto.

ico -a: rico, barrica.

iga: ortiga, espiga.

eja: cerveja, corteja, igreja.

eiro -a: sapateiro, bandeira.

ume: lume, bitume.

uto -a: permuta, luta.

ando: amando, lendo, and the present participles.

elho -a: conselho, espelho.

erna: perna, lanterna.

alho -a: cascalho, retalho.

ilho -a: filho, milho, rodilha.

olho -a: repolho, escolha.

ulho -a: gorgulho, agulha.

imba: cacimba, caximba.

ello -a: cabello, chinella.

elo: modelo, farelo.

inho -a: ninho, passarinho.

ino: menino, ensino.

ora: lavoura, professora.

uro -a: escuro -a, rapadura.

oso -a: formoso -a, gostoso -a, venenoso -a, raposa.

oço -a: almoço, destroço.

esto -a: honesto -a.

ista: dentista, fatalista.

usto -a: justo, robusto.

ate: combate, alfaiate.

ete: paquete, bobinete.

ote: lote, filhote, capote.

eta: cometa, propheta.

ito -a: granito, cabrito.

ota: idiota, gaivota, esgota.

que: alambique, reboque.

ante: tratante, brilhante.

ente: plenamente, prudente.

ento -a: nascimento, semento, augmento.

ema: problema, systema.

inte: pedinte, ouvinte.

ismo -a: sophismo.

istro: ministro, sinistro.

ivo -a: captivo -a, activo, negativo, passivo.

eza: defeza, viveza.

ouro: bebedouro.

encia: independencia.

aco -a: demoniaco.

ico -a: logico, colerico.

ido: calido, fervido.

ega: alfandega, pandega.

ago: amago, relampago.

ego: trafego, folego, pecego.

igo: prodigo, perigo.

alo: escandalo, estalo, abalo.

olo -a: frivolo, malevolo -a.

ulo -a: pendulo, cumulo.

imo -a: riquissimo, longuissimo, emprestimo.

ito -a: habito, implicito.

aro -a: passaro, barbaro.

ero -a: aspero, prolifero.

ore: arvore, marmore.

On the penult.

baldio, desafio, desvario, fastio, feitio, tresvario, sadio, pousio, vadio, escorregadio, luzidio, cunhadio, plantio, gentio, armentio.

On the antepenult.

armario, buzio, cambio, diario, inventario, adagio, secretario, sectario, tributario, adventicio, frontespicio, facticio, ficticio, prodigio, delirio, mortuario, escriptorio, laboratorio, seminario, commentario, notorio, mortorio, agio, cirio, relogio.

IV

SYLLABICATION

(See § 11, page 19)

Separate the following words into their syllables:

amanhã

applicação

areia

assumpto

atalho

banheiro

cançar

catarrho

comnosco

constantemente

damnado

escripto

estampilha

estou

extracto

galheiro

gallo

guerra

isthmo

lenço

linguagem

não

navalha

nenhum

peixe

philosophia

prompto

quando

quilate

sello

senhora

senhor

subdelegado

trabalhador

thesouro

tinta

uma

vinho

vulgar

V

DEFINITE ARTICLE

(See § 14, page 23)

VOCABULARY

o cavallo, the horse

o garfo, the fork

o homem, the man

o menino, the boy

o pai, the father

o passaro, the bird

o vapor, the steamer

a colher, the spoon

a faca, the knife

a mãi, the mother

a manteiga, the butter

a menina, the girl

a rosa, the rose

a senhora, the lady

tem, has

está, is (temporary)

estão, are

ainda, yet

aqui, here

e, and

onde, where

mas, but

1. O pai, a mãi e a menina.

2. Os homens e os cavallos.

3. Os garfos, as facas, e as colheres.

4. O passaro está aqui.

5. O homem tem o cavallo.

6. Onde está a senhora?

7. Aqui está a rosa.

8. As senhoras e as meninas estão aqui, mas os homens e os meninos ainda não estão.

9. A manteiga não é boa.

10. Pelo vapor a viagem é agradavel; pela estrada de ferro é má.

11. O João está no campo com o francez.

12. Venho da cidade pelo caminho comprido.

13. Na immensidade dos mares.

14. O livro foi adoptado pelo conselho de instrucção do Ceará a 19 de Agosto do corrente anno.

1. The horse is here.

2. The knife, the fork, and the spoon.

3. The mothers and the fathers and the girls.

4. Here is the horse.

5. Where is the knife?

6. The horses and the men.

7. Here is the mother.

8. The ladies are not here.

9. Where are the men?

10. The windows of the house.

VI

INDEFINITE ARTICLE

(See § 17, page 25)

VOCABULARY[65]

o amigo, friend

o cabello, hair

o chapeo, hat

o copo, cup, glass

o filho, son

o leite, milk

o livro, book

a agua, water

a cadeira, chair

a filha, daughter

a flor, flower

a mesa, table

bonito -a, pretty

branco -a, white

é, is (permanently)

em, in, on

no (m.), na (f.), in the

muito, very

dois (m.), duas (f.), two

uns (m.), umas (f.), some

1. Um amigo tem um cavallo.

2. O chapeo é branco.

3. Um chapeo está na mesa.

4. Uma filha e dois filhos.

5. Uma cadeira muito bonita.

6. É um chapeo muito branco.

7. Duas filhas bonitas.

8. Um copo d’agua ou de leite.

9. Ja faz mais de uma semana.

10. Um dos filhos cahiu na agua.

11. Que bello dia; que bella flor.

12. Com umas cartas na mão.

13. No interior é mais agradavel especialmente o tempo das chuvas.

14. É uma felicidade.

1. A pretty flower is on the table.

2. The lady has a white hat.

3. A friend has the horses.

4. The mother has a pretty daughter.

5. The son has a very pretty horse.

6. The man has some knives, forks, and spoons.

7. A chair, a table, a plate, a knife, a fork, a spoon, a napkin, a glass of wine, a loaf of bread, a good dinner.

8. A short letter (cartinha).

9. It is a question of health.

VII

PLURAL OF NOUNS

(See § 20, page 27)

VOCABULARY

o animal, animal

o anzol, fish-hook

o irmão, brother

o jornal, newspaper

o paiz, country

o papel, paper

a espada, sword

a irmã, sister

a lição, lesson

a nação, nation

terça-feira, Tuesday

sexta-feira, Friday

docil, docile

difficil, difficult

feroz, ferocious

facil, easy

grande, great

são, are (permanently)

estão, are (temporarily)

tenho, I have

sahe, comes out

1. Os animaes são ferozes.

2. Tenho dois anzóes.

3. As flores são muito bonitas.

4. Os irmãos tem os papeis.

5. Os paizes e as nações são grandes.

6. As lições são difficeis.

7. Os cavallos são animaes doceis.

8. A lição é facil.

9. É uma espada comprida.

10. O jornal sahe terças e sextas-feiras.

11. Os jornaes do paiz são todos diarios.

1. The nations are great.

2. I have difficult lessons.

3. The sisters have easy lessons.

4. The brothers have fish-hooks.

5. The papers are on the chair.

6. Horses are docile.

7. The flowers are beautiful.

8. The books are easy.

9. The laws of the land.

Give the plurals of the following:

o cão, dog

o cidadão, citizen

a cor, color

a dor, pain

o funil, funnel

o general, general

o ladrão, thief

o nariz, nose

o pão, bread (loaf)

VIII

GENDER OF NOUNS

(See § 24-31, pages 30-38)

VOCABULARY—NOUNS OF OPPOSITE SEX

o moço , young man

a moça , young woman

o francez , Frenchman

a franceza , French woman

o professor , (male) teacher

a professora , (female) teacher

o menino , boy

a menina , girl

o gallo , cock

a gallinha , hen

a barão , baron

a baroneza , baroness

o boi , ox

a vacca , cow

o rapaz , boy

a rapariga , girl

o barro , clay

a barra, bar (of stream, of iron )

o porto , port

a porta , door

o caso , case

a casa , house

o solo , soil

a sola, sole (leather )

o ponto , point, place

a ponta , end

a ponte , bridge

agradeço , I thank

este (m.), esta (f. ), this

estes (m.), estas (f. ), these

fertil , fertile

perto , near

grosso (m.), -a (f. ), thick

doente , ill

fechado -a , closed

o campo , field

1. O francez tem um boi, uma vacca, duas gallinhas, e um gallinheiro.

2. A professora é uma senhora bonita.

3. Os casos são muito difficeis.

4. As casas brancas são as mais bonitas.

5. O solo deste paiz é muito fertil.

6. Este professor é filho do barão e da baroneza.

7. A sola é grossa; a porta é larga, mas está fechada.

8. O professor francez está doente em uma casa perto do porto.

9. Esta professora fala inglez perfeitamente.

10. O actor casou-se aqui nesta mesma casa quando era ainda muito moço.

11. Agradeço a amabilidade.

12. O pagem foi buscar (has gone for) o mappa.

IX

RELATED AND UNRELATED NOUNS OF OPPOSITE SEX

(See § 28-31, pages 34-38)

VOCABULARY

o modo , manner, style

a moda , fashion

o banho , bath

a banha , lard

o prato , plate

a prata , silver

o lente , lecturer

a lente , lens

o capital, capital (money )

a capital, capital (of a state )

o cura , curate

a cura , cure

1. Já não é moda.

2. Este modo de escrever não convem.

3. O navio chegou ao porto hontem.

4. As portas desta casa são bem largas.

5. No caso contrario o lente voltará á capital.

6. Elle me fez presente de um prato de prata.

7. Sola grossa é que vale a pena.

8. A barra ficou completamente entupida com a grande quantidade de barro trazido pelas aguas do rio.

9. A industria da zona é a criação de gado e fabrico de queijos, porem em escala muito pequena.

10. Meu tio e minha tia estão doentes.

11. O rei e a rainha da Italia.

12. Chegou uma moça chamada Nicota com uma rapariga para criada.

13. Tal pai tal filho; tal filho tal pai.

14. O barão e a baroneza são nossos vizinhos.

15. Repartira largamente os fructos das suas conquistas.

1. The fashion has changed.

2. The port of Bahia is large and deep.

3. The case is bad.

4. Bello Horizonte is the new capital of the state of Minas Geraes.

5. The railway track was covered with mud.

6. The curate lost the lens.

7. The bath is very cold.

8. Here is the plate.

9. There is no (não ha) lard.

X

SUFFIXES—AUGMENTATIVES

(See § 32-35, pages 38-41)

VOCABULARY

o caixão, big box

a caixa,[66] little box

o dinheiro, money

um dinheirão, a great deal of money

o fosforo, match

o gato, cat

o livro, book

a cidade, city

a mulher, woman

a mulherona, big woman

com fome, hungry (with hunger)

tenho , I have

temos , we have

tens , thou hast

tendes , you have

tem , he (she, it) has

teem , they have

1. Os meninos teem uma caixinha de fosforos.

2. Esta mulherona tem um gatinho pequenino.

3. O francez tem um dinheirão.

4. O caixão é muito grande.

5. A caixa está na porta da casinha.

6. Tenho um gallo pequeno e uma gallinha pequenina.

7. Temos perto da cidade uma casa com um portão.

8. Aquelle figurão é um recem-chegado.

9. Este rapagão é meu camarada.

10. Que narigão.

11. Que mulherão!

1. The man has two big boxes of matches.

2. We have a little house in the city.

3. The little book is quite pretty.

4. I have a very, very small cat.

5. The little horse is hungry.

6. The handsome woman has a beautiful little foot.

7. The little rat is in a little box.

8. There is a little house near the road.

9. These little potatoes are dear.

10. The consul is a notable and venerable man.

XI

DIMINUTIVES

(See § 36-38, pages 41-42)

VOCABULARY

o cachorro, dog

o carro, cart, wagon

o morro, hill

o pé, foot

o pedaço, piece

o pinto, little chick

o vapor, steamer

a coitadinha, poor little girl

a conta, account

a lagoa, lake

a luz, light

a roda, wheel

1. A criança cortou a mãozinha.

2. Um vaporzinho navega esta lagoazinha.

3. Aquelle carrinho quebrou a rodinha.

4. O cachorrinho perdeo-se no matto.

5. Ha dois morrinhos logo á entrada do porto.

6. Quem foi que matou o pintinho?

7. A luzinha do dia nascente.

8. Coitado do gatinho!

9. Pedro perdeu os livrinhos.

10. A senhorinha vai á escola sosinha.

11. O coronel era um velho robusto com grandes mãos cabelludas.

12. O baixinho é muito malcreado.

13. Como vai Joãozinho? Melhorou, mas ainda está fraquinho.

14. Sosinho alli perto da capellinha de S. Matheus.

15. Os livrinhos são bonitinhos.

16. Coitadinho!

1. My small son.

2. I have a small piece of bread.

3. The little cat and the small dog.

4. The small steamer on the little river.

5. The little hill near the road.

6. The little ducks are in the water.

7. I have bought some small fish for our dinner.

8. A little plate of rice, a little piece of meat, and a small glass of wine are enough.

9. I have a short letter from my son.

XII

ADJECTIVES

(See § 39-41, pages 43-44)

VOCABULARY

o chá, tea

o estudante, student

o leite, milk

o marido, husband

o pão, bread

a lingua, language

azul, blue

contente, pleased

diligente, diligent

feio, ugly

gosto, I like

hoje, to-day

mais, more

mau, bad

não, not

preguiçoso, lazy

preto, black (man)

que, than

rico, rich

sempre, always

tambem, also

velho, old

1. A secca: «Quem, pela primeira vez, percorre o sertão nessa quadra, depois de longa sêcca, sente confranger-se-lhe a alma até os ultimos refólhos em face dessa inanição da vida, desse immenso holocausto da terra.

É mais funebre de que um cemitério. Na cidade dos mortos as lousas estão cercadas por uma vegetação, que viça e floresce; mas aqui a vida abandona a terra, e toda essa região, que se estende por centenas de leguas, não é mais do que o vasto jazigo de uma natureza extincta e o sepulchro da propria creação.

Das torrentes caudáes restam apenas os leitos estanques, onde não se percebe mais nem vestigios da agua que os assoberbava. Sábe-se que alli houve um rio pela depressão, as vezes imperceptivel, do terreno e pela areia alva e fina, que o enxurro lavou.»—JOSÉ DE ALENCAR.

2. De noite todos os gatos são pardos.

3. Sou um homem chão.

4. Gosto de pão preto.

XIII

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

(See § 42-46, pages 44-47)

VOCABULARY

alto , high

o mais alto , the highest

bello , handsome

a mais bella , the handsomest

bom , good

melhor , better

best, very good

optimo ,

o melhor ,

agradavel , agreeable

mais agradavel , more agreeable

facil , easy

os mais faceis, the easiest (pl. )

amavel , amiable

o lugar , place

feliz , fortunate

o mais feliz , the most fortunate

grande , great

maior , greater

maiorzinho , a little bit greater

civilizado , civilized

visto , seen

1. O morro alto é mais agradavel.

2. Os homens mais agradaveis.

3. É mais facil ficar aqui.

4. Meu amigo é o homem mais feliz que conheço.

5. Melhor o dia, melhor o serviço.

6. As nações mais civilizadas do mundo.

7. É o lugar mais agradavel que tenho visto.

8. As senhoras mais bellas não são sempre as mais agradaveis.

9. É lindissima a cidade vista de noite do alto da serra.

10. O clima é pessimo; é o peior que conheço.

11. O ultimo anno deste celeberrimo poeta.

12. Este paiz é um dos mais civilizados do mundo.

13. O governador falou com a maior affabilidade.

14. Desejo uma casaca de panno mais fino, e um pouco mais escuro.

15. Não ha a minima duvida.

16. Devia morrer mais cedo do que eu proprio imaginára.

17. A lingua portugueza é riquissima.

XIV

NUMERALS

(See § 55-64, pages 50-55)

VOCABULARY

o anno, the year

o mez, the month

o dia, the day

o minuto, the minute

o seculo, the century

o trabalho, the work

o quarto, the room

a independencia, independence

a semana, the week

a noite, the night

a hora, the hour

a sala, the hall

a janella, the window

um milreis, one milreis

um conto de reis, one conto of reis (one thousand milreis)

são, there are (it is)

quanto, how much

custou, it cost

meu (m.), minha (f. ),

my

meus (pl.), minhas (pl. ),

seu (m.), sua (f. ),

your, his, her, its, their

seus (pl.), suas (pl. ),

Junho, June

Novembro, November

Setembro (m.), September

Março, March

1. Que horas são? São tres e meia; não quatro horas e vinte minutos.

2. Hoje é sete de Setembro, o dia de independencia.

3. A semana tem sete dias e outras tantas noites, e o anno tem trezentos e sesenta e cinco dias.

4. O seculo tem cem annos.

5. Minha casa tem duas salas e seis quartos, e custou oito contos duzentos e quinze milreis.

6. Quanto custou seu livrinho?

7. Custou um milreis; mas custou treze dias de trabalho tambem.

8. Trinta dias tem Novembro Abril, Junho e Setembro; Vinte e oito só tem um, E os demais tem trinta e um.

9. O dia sete de Setembro de mil nove centos e dez é dia de independencia nacional do Brasil.

XV

PERSONAL PRONOUNS

(See § 65-75, pages 56-61)

VOCABULARY

amar, to love

dar, to give

falar, to speak

gostar, to like

querer, to wish

trabalhar, to work

amo, I love

amas, thou lovest

ama, he, she, it loves

amamos, we love

amaes, ye love

amam, they love

dou, I give

das, thou givest

da, he, she, it gives

devagar, slowly

mais, more

de mais, too much

menos, less

de menos, too little

a senhoria, lordship

a agua, water

o conselho, advice

a ave, bird

a mercê, mercy

comtigo, with thee

a excellencia, excellency

1. Elle fala commigo.

2. Eu trabalho, mas elle fala.

3. Gostas de pão?

4. Não lhe dou dinheiro.

5. Elle perseguia as aves; eu perseguia-o a elle.

6. O senhor fala devagar.

7. A minha familia chama-me poeta; os visinhos chamam-me tolo.

8. Agradeço-lh’a, e afago-a.

9. Ella gosta de falar comtigo.

10. Dou-lhe este conselho.

11. A Senhora gosta de me dar conselho.

12. Vossa Excellencia me da conselhos de mais.

13. Disse-lhe o meu nome. O padre repetiu-o tres vezes.

14. Vossa Senhoria não a ama.

15. Entre mim e elle não ha questão.

16. Elle da-lhes um conto de reis.

17. Tres delles estão commigo.

18. Não posso ve-lo.

19. Elle não o sabia; o trovador não as via.

XVI

POSSESSIVES

(See § 76-83, pages 61-62)

VOCABULARY

o soldado, soldier

o parente, relative

o vizinho, neighbor

o general, general

a loja, shop

o advogado, lawyer

a ordem, order

barato, cheap

caro, dear

porem, but, however

pronto, ready

dizer ,

to say

digo , I say

dizemos , we say

digamos , let us say

dizes , thou sayest

dizeis, you or  ye say

diz, he or  she says

dizem , they say

1. Meu caro amigo diz que a casa d’elle é minha, é sua, é nossa.

2. Meus livros e meus cavallos estão ás suas ordens.

3. Meu caro filho, tua casa é grande de mais, porem é boa.

4. Dizem que meu cavallo é caro, mas que seu é mais barato.

5. Dizem me que os meus vizinhos são vossos bons amigos.

6. O general diz que os seus soldados estão prontos.

7. Digo que não.

8. Meu advogado perdeu a causa.

9. Minha filha diz que vai buscar o seu chapeo.

10. Minhas irmãs dizem que os seus parentes são ricos.

11. Como está, meu amigo?

12. Sua Majestade é meu amigo.

13. Estou aqui ás suas ordens.

1. My neighbor says his house is yours.

2. This shop is at your orders.

3. Your friends are mine.

4. You say that my friends and neighbors are yours.

5. All your books and all of hers are ours.

6. My house is very small, but it is at your orders.

7. Our customs are different from yours.

XVII

DEMONSTRATIVES

(See § 84-94, pages 63-65)

VOCABULARY

o irmão, brother

a fruta, fruit

forte, strong

o pobre, poor man

cego, blind

o cego, blind man

a cega, blind woman

bater, to knock

convem, it suits (impersonal verb)

servir, to serve

a tinta, ink

a penna, pen

o emprego, employment

1. Vinte dias e outras tantas noites seguiu-o de longe, até o ver sumir-se nas ruas tortuosas e escuras do coração da cidade.

2. Este homem e as filhas d’elle são pobres.

3. Aquelle moço é cego.

4. Essa mulher é uma cega pobre.

5. Ella é uma pobre cega.

6. Disto não gosto.

7. Estas frutas não são boas.

8. Estes soldados são mais fortes que aquelles pobres cegos.

9. Isto não me convem.

10. Aquella tinta e esta penna não servem para escrever a carta.

11. O nome unico por que chamou foi o de seu filho.

12. Fulano diz que é a mesmissima coisa.

13. Não gosto disto.

14. Este senhor é o autor deste livro.

1. This poor boy is blind.

2. That blind woman is poor.

3. This blind man is stronger than his brother.

4. This dog is stronger than that one.

5. These books are better than those.

6. There is no such person here.

7. At this place and at this moment it is not possible.

8. This occasion is best.

9. Take these chairs away.

10. Those poor men have no employment.

XVIII

INTERROGATIVES

(See § 95, page 65)

VOCABULARY

o rumo, bearing, direction

o caminho, road

a mala, trunk, suit case

a rua, street

a opinião, opinion

curto, short

para, for (to)

1. Qual é o caminho para a cidade?

2. Quem falla? Sou eu, seu amigo.

3. Que tem no caixão?

4. Quem é?

5. Qual d’elles é o mais prudente?

6. Qual é a sua opinião?

7. Em que rua é a sua casa?

8. Qual é o caminho mais curto?

9. Quem bate?

10. Quem sabe não sou eu.

11. Quaes são minhas malas?

12. Quem foi que deixou a porta aberta?

13. Seja quem for, não convem.

14. Quaes são as nossas cadeiras?

15. Qual é o meu chapeo?

16. Que pena! Que vergonha!

17. Quem lhe disse?

18. Que horas são?

1. Which is the road to your house?

2. What is it you say?

3. Who is it speaking (who speaks)?

4. I am the one who is speaking (who speaks is I).

5. In which direction is the city from here?

6. Who knows?

7. Which are the best fruits?

8. Who was it that took away my pen?

9. Who is that knocking?

10. Which of these three chairs is mine?

11. What time is it?

12. Who is the owner of this house?

13. Who knows?

14. Which of the two is the better one?

15. What a pity!

16. In this case I cannot go.

17. This employment does not suit me.

18. It is hard to believe what I saw.

19. It was in this river that he was drowned.

XIX

RELATIVES

(See § 96-99, page 66)

VOCABULARY

o dono, owner

saber, to know

sei, I know

sabes, thou knowest

sabe, he knows

sabemos, we know

sabeis, ye know

sabem, they know

a certeza, certainty

a instrucção, instruction

possivel, possible

ha, is (impersonal 3d sing. haver)

com, with

quem, who

livre, free

verdadeiramente, truly

sem, without

1. O que digo é que não é possivel.

2. Não sei quem é o dono desta casa.

3. O senhor sabe de quem é este livro?

4. Não sei com certeza.

5. O livro que tem é o melhor que ha.

6. Instrucção, sem a qual o homem não será jamais verdadeiramente livre.

7. Quem tudo quer tudo perde.

8. Que é isso?

9. Os que falam.

10. Quem bem semeia, bem colhe.

11. Quem diz o que quer, ouve o que não quer.

12. Quem sabe qual é a loja?

13. Tal foi o sonho do futuro que o Senhor me enviou n’uma noite de agonia.

14. Que é a caixa economica, essa arvore que produz taes frutos de benção?

15. Os mais bellos são os que vêm do estado da Bahia.

1. You do not know which is the best road.

2. It is not possible to say with certainty.

3. I do not know whose house that is.

4. The books which I have are the best.

5. A man whom I esteem.

6. With whom are you talking?

7. Whose house is that?

8. He who has most wants most.

XX

INDEFINITES

(See § 100-102, pages 67-69)

VOCABULARY

o mundo, world

o presente, present

o espaço, space, room

a cousa, or coisa, thing

desejar, to desire

ter, to have

a verdade, truth

qual, which

qualquer, either

o senhor, sir, gentleman

nada, nothing

algum -uma, some

1. Alguem lhe deu este presente.

2. O senhor tem alguma cousa boa?

3. Não tenho nada, e não desejo nada.

4. Sem dizer nada.

5. Algumas das de que fala tem muito pouco espaço.

6. Cada um tem a sua opinião.

7. Quaes destas tres quer?

8. Qualquer dellas; não sei qual é a melhor.

9. Não quero nenhum.

10. Tudo está muito bom.

11. Gosto deste mais que nenhum outro.

12. Uns dizem que sim; outros que não.

13. Ninguem sabe qual é a verdade.

14. Traga alguma cousa para comer em quanto estou escrevendo umas cartas.

1. No one knows which is the shortest road.

2. Each one has his own opinion.

3. All the world knows that no man is prudent.

4. I know nothing about this.

5. Either one of these books is good.

6. You know more than any one else.

7. I don’t want either the one or the other.

8. Whoever it may be he cannot enter here.

9. Much obliged. Not at all.

10. I want to get there as soon as possible.

11. We shall be there in a little while.

XXI

REGULAR VERBS

(See § 103-107, pages 69-75)

VOCABULARY

achar, to find

andar, to walk

atirar, to shoot

bolir, to disturb

cantar, to sing

comer, to eat

deixar, to leave

destruir, to destroy

durar, to last

encher, to fill

entrar, to enter

esquecer, to forget

estudar, to study

ficar, to remain

mudar, to change

partir, to depart

responder, to reply

unir, to unite

vender, to sell

o altar, altar

o maribondo, wasp

o tempero, seasoning (of food)

a cabeça, head

a romaria, pilgrimage

a reliquia, relic

1. Falo como parto.

2. Falo, como, e parto.

3. Elle fala, come, e parte.

4. Ella cantava, respondia, partia.

5. Achou, vendeu, uniu.

6. Estudarei, encherei, bulirei.

7. Ficariamos, encheriamos.

8. Duraram, responderem, uniram.

9. Mude, encha, bula.

10. Andasse, enchesse, bulisse.

11. Entra, come, parte.

12. Deixando, vendando, destruindo.

13. Mudada, esquecida, unida.

14. Falar sem pensar é atirar sem apontar.

15. Elle anda com a cabeça inchada (slang).

16. Fiquei mais morto que vivo (cançado).

17. Não bule com casa de maribondos.

18. Gallinha gorda não precisa tempero.

XXII

REGULAR VERBS WITH ORTHOGRAPHIC AND PHONETIC CHANGES

(See § 108, pages 75-76)

VOCABULARY

abranger, to contain

agradecer, to thank

arrancar, to pull out, up

attingir, to attain

attracar, to make fast

balançar, to balance

brincar, to play

cançar, to tire

distinguir, to distinguish

eleger, to elect

emmagrecer, to grow thin

empallidecer, to turn pale

empecer, to hinder

entregar, to deliver

erguer, to raise

fincar, to drive in

fingir, to pretend

fugir, to flee

jogar, to play, throw

lançar, to throw

pedir, to request

pregar, to nail

rasgar, to tear

rogar, to ask

salgar, to salt

valer, to value, to be worth

a demissão, dismissal

a esmola, charity

a manha, habit, whim

1. fiquei, fique, finquei, finque; brinquei, brinque.

2. entreguei, entregue; roguei, rogue, joguei, jogue.

3. elejo, eleja, elejas; abranjo, abranja.

4. attinjo, attinja; finjo, finja, fujo, fuja.

5. ergo; distingo; lancei, lance; cancei, cance; balancei, balance.

6. agradeço, agradeça; emmagreço, emmagreça; empallideço, empallideça; empeço, empeça.

7. foge, cobre, sobe; durmo, sigo, sirvo.

8. Pedi minha demissão e segui caminho.

9. O cavallo fugiu a noite passada.

10. Uma esmola pelo amor de Deus.

XXIII

THE AUXILIARY VERBS

(See § 109, pages 76-81)

VOCABULARY

o sul, south

o norte, north

o dever, duty

o olho, eye

o caminho, road

o serviço, service

a opinião, opinion

a viagem, voyage, trip

a febre, fever

satisfeito, satisfied

já, at once

enjoado, seasick

ter, to have

haver, to be

ser, to be

estar, to be

aguentar, to endure

acabar, to finish

embarcar, to embark

seguir, to follow

seguir viagem, to go forward

1. Tenho feito meu dever.

2. Tendo acabado o serviço, segui viagem.

3. O nosso amigo está para embarcar já.

4. Não ha quem possa aguentar este serviço.

5. Sou norte-americano, vou embarcar para a America do Sul.

6. Estou cansado; sou cego de um olho.

7. O que é que tem feito aqui todo o dia?

8. Sou de opinião que não ha caminho.

9. Tenho estado muito satisfeito com esta viagem.

10. Como tem passado estes dois dias?

11. Está clara que elle não é nem portuguez nem brasileiro; pode ser (que seja) inglez.

1. He was much pleased with the trip to the mines.

2. We have done everything possible.

3. I am a blind man.

4. I am seasick.

5. I am Brazilian consul at Philadelphia.

6. I have to go aboard the steamer to-morrow at ten o’clock sharp.

7. I have to write some letters before embarking.

8. There was a terrible storm the next day.

XXIV

IRREGULAR VERBS

(See § 110-113, pages 81-88)

VOCABULARY

o azeite, oil

o assucar, sugar

a carne, meat

a batata, potato

a garrafa, bottle

a lata, tin can

a pena, trouble

caber, to hold

prestar, to lend

1. Digo que não.

2. Dou o que tenho.

3. Dei dinheiro ao cego que pidiu uma esmola.

4. Creio que a agua não cabe na garrafa.

5. Faço todo o possivel, mas não posso fazer isto.

6. Pode vir quando quizer; o que pediu está feito.

7. Sei que puz o chapeo aqui na mesa; vai busca-lo.

8. Roupa feita quasi nunca presta.

9. Não quero saber d’isto; vou pedir minha demissão.

10. Vejo que não vale a pena ir la hoje.

11. Trouxeram o que pedi: carne, batatas e uma garrafa de azeite.

12. Vim pela estrada nova; voltarei pela picada velha.

13. Fui, irei, ia, fora, indo, vão.

14. Venho, rio, ouço, peço, redimo, vou, meço, tenho, valho, vejo, trago, quero, sei, ponho, perco, faço, estou, digo, caibo, dou.

15. Dei, coube, disse, estive, fui, fiz, houve, pude, pus, prouve, quiz, soube, tive, trouxe, vi, ouvi, pedi.

16. Dize-me com quem andas, dir-te-hei as manhas que tens.

17. Cada um sabe o que lhe convem.

18. Vou ver si este assucar cabe naquella lata.

19. Em terra de cegos quem tem um olho é rei.

20. Não ha rosa sem espinhos, nem amores sem ciumes.

21. O amor vae-se, a amisade fica.

22. Quem tem officio não morre de fome.

XXV

VARIABLE PARTICIPLES

(See § 114-118, pages 88-90)

VOCABULARY

o convite, invitation

o jogo, game

o prazer, pleasure

o sol, sun

o vulcão, volcano

a facada, knife cut

a machina, machine

a palha, straw

a roupa, clothes

a telha, tile

limpo, clean

quatro, four

torto, crooked

acceitar, to accept

accender, to set fire, light

enxugar, to dry

frigir, to fry

ganhar, to gain

imprimir, to print

limpar, to clean

matar, to kill

pagar, to pay

soltar, to loose

torcer, to twist

1. Este é um negocio torto.

2. As ruas desta cidade estão bem limpas.

3. As ruas são limpas por uma machina de quatro rodas.

4. O convite foi acceito com muito prazer.

5. A roupa foi logo enxugada no sol.

6. O dinheiro foi ganho no jogo.

7. O soldado foi morto por uma facada.

8. A conta ja está paga.

9. Os cavallos forão soltos pelo camarada.

10. O livro foi impresso no Rio de Janeiro.

11. Mande trazer uns ovos fritos.

12. A nova edição dos Lusiadas foi correcta e dada a luz por Paulino de Souza no anno mil oito centos e setenta e tres.

13. O relogio tinha dado onze pancadas.

1. Is the house covered with straw or with tiles?

2. Do you like eggs fried?

3. This book was printed in Lisbon.

4. He was elected federal deputy two years ago.

5. I was arrested in a village of Alagoas.

6. The money was spent.

7. The candle is lit; the account is paid.

XXVI

DEFECTIVE VERBS; SUBJECTS OF VERBS

(See § 119, page 91)

VOCABULARY

o algodão, cotton

o animal, animal

o patriota, patriot

a felicidade, happiness

a cabra, goat

a perspectiva, prospect

a secca, drought

as trevas (pl. only), darkness

mortal, pl. mortaes, mortal

chegar, to arrive

marcar, to mark, set

jazer, to lie (down)

planter, to plant

poder, to be able, can

prazer, to please

tratar, to care for

apenas, merely

denso -a, dense

outro, other

quão, how

se, if (sometimes written si)

1. Nem homem, nem boi, nem cabra pode aguentar a secca.

2. Tratar animaes, e plantar algodão é o forte deste homem.

3. Chegou um e outro.

4. Se a luz que ha em ti são trevas, quão densas são as trevas.

5. Um e outro chegou no dia marcado.

6. Aqui jazem os restos mortaes de um patriota.

7. Praz a Deus.

8. Aqui jaz o corpo apenas do Marquez de Maricá.

9. Tanto a vida como a morte offereciam uma perspectiva de felicidade.

10. Bem diverso era Rosas. As suas paixões flammejavam á luz do sol no pampa vasto. Accessivel, ardente, emprehendedor, cubiçoso de estima, sua influencia começou a se fundar pela energia da sua iniciativa e pelo brilho das suas acções.

11. So restava para o camareiro o morrer, e para sua senhoria o ir deitar-se.

12. Deus perdôe a quem me torceu a vocação.

13. Ir a pé não me convem.

XXVII

IMPERSONAL VERBS

(See § 121, pages 93-94)

VOCABULARY

o bacalháu, codfish

o queijo, cheese

o sal, salt

a libra, pound

a pimenta, pepper

bastar, to suffice

esterlina, sterling

fora, outside

frio -a, cold

1. Fez frio esta noite.

2. Anoitece; chove; troveja.

3. Ha quem sabe (or saiba).

4. Não ha remedio.

5. Seja como for.

6. Pode ser que haja.

7. Não faz mal.

8. Acconteceu que choveu naquelle dia.

9. Não convem fazer isto; não me convem.

10. Não me importa.

11. Parece que não vale a pena.

12. É facil saber se é verdade.

13. Faz muito calor aqui ao sol.

14. Parece me que é melhor ficar aqui.

15. Quem me dera que fosse assim.

16. Não chega a ter vinte libras esterlinas.

17. Basta um pouco de bacalháu, uns ovos fritos, sal, pimenta e queijo.

18. Não ha leite para o café.

19. Custa a crer que não haja vinho; esta agua não chega.

1. They say that it is cold outside there.

2. It is raining and blowing.

3. No matter, let us go take a walk.

4. It is a week to-day since I had a walk.

5. It is not necessary.

6. It is easy to travel by steamer.

7. There is no help for it.

8. There is no doubt about it.

9. It is not worth while.

10. It rained all night.

11. It is very hot here in the sun.

12. No matter; there is no help for it.

13. That will do.

14. They say it is raining, but I do not care.

XXVIII

OBJECTS OF VERBS; SPECIAL USES

(See § 123-124, pages 96-98)

VOCABULARY

o calor, heat

o cavallo, horse

o ladrão, thief

o lobo, the wolf

o negociante, merchant

o peixe, fish

o poeta, poet

o tributo, tribute

a admiração, admiration

a historia, story

a patria, native land

a rã, frog

amar, to love

cobrir, to cover

contar, to tell, recount

enfraquecer, to grow weak

engolir, to swallow

jantar, to dine

pegar, to catch

pintar, to paint

principiar, to begin

sentir, to feel

assim, thus, so

realmente, genuinely

1. Um ladrão matou ao negociante.

2. O peixe engoliu a rã; á rã engoliu o peixe; ao peixe engoliu a rã.

3. Elle principiou a falar.

4. Pegáram me o chapeo.

5. Principiou a cantar.

6. Acabei de jantar.

7. Aquelle moço anda a contar historias.

8. O dono mandou pegar os cavallos.

9. A casa está coberta de telhas e pintada de branco.

10. Sintome enfraquecido pelo calor.

11. Assim cada portuguez que ama realmente a sua patria deve um tributo de reconhecimento e de admiração ao poeta.

12. Uma febre violenta o sustentava.

13. Judas abraçou a Christo, mas outros o prenderam.

14. A guerra que declaramos aos outros nos gasta e consome a nós mesmos.

1. John visited Sr. Rabello and his wife.

2. The dog followed the wolf; the wolf followed the dog.

3. When did you begin to speak Portuguese?

4. Pedro saw a tiger leave the woods.

XXIX

PERIPHRASTIC VERB-PHRASES

(See § 125, pages 98-99)

VOCABULARY

o barulho, noise

o dinheiro, money

o martello, hammer

o mato, forest

o medico, physician

o tempo, time

a arma, (fire)arm

a cruzada, crusade

a legua, league

accordar, to wake

arrojar, to drag

buscar, to fetch

corrigir, to correct

fazer, to do, make

gastar, to spend

ler, to read

mandar, to order

perder, to lose

soffrer, to suffer

cuidadosamente, carefully

1. Tenho andado uma legua a pé.

2. Elle tem feito tudo o possivel.

3. Elle tem soffrido.

4. Mande buscar um martello.

5. É de crer que o tempo ha de mudar-se.

6. O nosso tio andou perdido no matto.

7. A conta foi paga pelo medico.

8. O nosso dinheiro foi gasto na viagem.

9. Vamos chegando.

10. Fica sabendo que a coisa ja está feita.

11. A primeira cruzada tinha arrojado para a Syria cem mil homens d’armas.

12. O poema foi lido e cuidadosamente corrigido seis vezes.

13. Deus tinha contado os seus dias.

14. A lingua tupi foi modernamente estudada por Baptista Caetano.

1. I have been impressed by his book.

2. He was awakened by the noise.

3. We ordered the horses brought.

4. Our friend is still speaking.

5. Where did you leave your hat?

6. I have left it on a chair on deck.

7. I am doing what they ordered.

8. I know that I shall not go there to-day.

XXX

REFLEXIVE VERBS

(See § 126, pages 99-100)

VOCABULARY

o bilhete, ticket

o devedor, debtor

o engenheiro, engineer

o favor, favor

o principe, prince

o supplicante, petitioner

a dôr, pain

a rua, street

incommodado, put out

abrir, to open

alugar, to rent

calar, to hush

chamar, to call

comprar, to buy

decidir, to decide

deitar, to lie down

despedir, to take leave

morrer, to die

queixar, to complain

retirar, to retire

1. Elle está se queixando.

2. Cala-te, menino.

3. Vou despedir-me de meus amigos.

4. Vá-se embora; vá se deitar.

5. Parece-me que é melhor retirar-se.

6. Depois elle arrependeu-se.

7. A casa queimou-se.

8. Aluga-se uma casa nesta rua.

9. Achou-se muito incommodado com este negocio.

10. Não se sabe donde vem.

11. A porta abriu-se, e o principe appareceu.

12. Como se chama este cachorro?

13. Eu me chamo José.

14. Os bilhetes compram-se nesta casa.

15. Decidiu-se o caso a favor do supplicante.

16. Elles morreram acreditando-se os devedores.

17. Podem se resumir em poucas palavras as medidas propostas pelo sr. engenheiro.

18. As viagens em boa companhia fazem-se rapidamente.

1. Go away and do not return again.

2. The case cannot be decided to-day.

3. A horse was bought.

4. It is not known where he lives.

5. Know that it is I who am speaking.

6. I ordered breakfast prepared, and immediately afterwards we left.

7. You may retire; I want to take my leave of the prince.

XXXI

IMPERATIVE, SUBJUNCTIVE, INDICATIVE, AND PERSONAL INFINITIVE

(See § 127-133, pages 100-102)

VOCABULARY

o caipira, backwoodsman

o zelo, zeal

a chuva, rain

a duvida, doubt

a esperança, hope

Deus, God

amanhã, to-morrow

ca, here

depressa, quickly

embora, away

dialogar, to converse

permittir, to permit

proteger, to protect

pugnar, to fight

trazer, to fetch

vir, to come

voltar, to return

nenhum -uma, no, none

prompto or pronto, ready

talvez, perhaps

1. Não fale tão alto.

2. Traze o meu chapeo depressa.

3. Não deve andar na chuva sem guarda-chuva.

4. Va buscar o livro.

5. Venha ca, meu filho.

6. Va-se embora.

7. Dize-lhe que não venha sinão amanhã.

8. Quem sabe si elle vai ou si não vai.

9. Elle vai; não ha duvida nenhuma.

10. Talvez esteja aqui.

11. Ficamos contentes por acharmos tudo prompto.

12. «Não permitta Deus que eu morra sem que eu volte para lá.»

13. Julio oviu dois caipiras dialogarem sob a janella do seu quarto.

1. Don’t say that.

2. Fetch me a glass of water.

3. Go fetch my hat.

4. Who knows where it is?

5. Perhaps it is in the dining-room.

6. I don’t know whether I shall ever come back again.

7. No one knows better than I do.

8. Let’s go.

XXXII

ADVERBS

(See § 134-135, pages 103-107)

VOCABULARY

a bondade, kindness

a palavra, word

adiar, to postpone

adoecer, to become ill

possuir, to possess

trovejar, to thunder

baixo, low

depois, afterward

donde, whence

logo, at once

onde, where

positivo, positive

senão, except

1. De vez em quando vi uma luz, mas só de longe.

2. D’aqui a pouco vou me embora.

3. Logo depois partiu a cavallo.

4. Não ha quem possa aguentar essa viagem.

5. Sim, senhor, creio que sim; não ha duvida.

6. Elle não diz senão poucas palavras.

7. Tenha a bondade de falar mais baixo.

8. Antes de partir elle adoeceu, de modo que foi preciso adiar a viagem uns vinte dias, mais ou menos.

9. Trovejou de vez em quando.

10. Venha cá, João; deixe o chapeo ahi na mesa.

11. Donde vem e para onde vai.

12. Não possuo no em tanto dado algum positivo a este respeito.

13. O chão que pisas, a cada instante te offerece a cova. Pisemos de vagar.

14. Conheço-o por dentro e por fora.

15. O cavalleiro caiu de chofre na realidade.

1. He arrived in the night.

2. I never saw and I never hope to see such an animal.

3. I know neither the one nor the other.

4. You speak much better than he.

5. Please speak lower; please speak louder.

6. Severino made a trip around Brazil.

7. There is neither bread nor water.

8. Nowadays it is better to buy cheap and sell dear.

XXXIII

NEGATION AND INTERROGATION

(See § 136-138, pages 107-108)

VOCABULARY

o ferro, iron

o lapis, pencil

o negocio, business

o senador, senator

o trem, train

o volume, volume

a bibliotheca, library

a botina, boot

a estrada, road

a população, population

a estrada de ferro, railway

calçar, to put on (shoes, socks, etc.)

crer, to believe

conhecer, to be acquainted with

comprido, long

nacional, national

pois não, certainly

1. Não posso calçar esta botina.

2. Nem um nem outro chegou neste trem.

3. Nunca vi aquelle senador.

4. Queira ter a bondade de passar o pão.

5. Pois não.

6. Não tenho nada com este negocio.

7. Não vou la mais não.

8. Não conheço nem um nem outro.

9. Não lhe disse quasi nada.

10. Não sei não, senhor.

11. Qual é a estrada de ferro mais comprida do Brasil?

12. A informação é que não mata a honra de ninguem.

13. Elle não diz sinão poucas palavras.

14. Não vivo sinão para ti.

15. Que é isso?

16. Não tem nada; não ha novidade.

17. Qual delles é o melhor?

1. Whose pencil is this?

2. I don’t know; I am not acquainted with any one here.

3. I know nothing about this business.

4. What is the population of Pernambuco?

5. Nobody knows.

6. I never was there; I never saw the place.

7. Which is the largest and most important city in the country?

8. Is this your book?

9. No, sir, it is not.

10. Where is it then? I do not know.

XXXIV

PREPOSITIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS

(See § 139-145, pages 108-114)

VOCABULARY

o deputado, deputy

o meio, middle

o pai, father

os pais, parents

a baroneza, baroness

a bota, boot

a camada, layer, bed

a carta, letter

a confiança, confidence

a educação, education

a mica, mica

a povoação, village

a região, region

a rocha, rock

a seda, silk

disseminar, to scatter

viajar, to travel

apezar, in spite of

capaz, capable, likely

digno, worthy

povoado, peopled (pp. of povoar)

responsavel, responsible

1. O deputado é homem digno de toda a confiança, mas está doente de uma febre.

2. A serra fica umas vinte leguas distante da villa.

3. É facil de ver que aquelle cavallo que é cego de um olho é capaz de morrer no meio do caminho.

4. A baroneza estava vestida de seda preta.

5. D’aqui a um pouco estamos lá.

6. Não posso ser responsavel pela educação de seu filho.

7. Aquella região é povoada pelos indios bravos.

8. Tenho noticias delle de vez em quando.

9. Estou muito cansado de maneira que não devo viajar hoje.

10. Depois que escrevi a carta, montei a cavallo e fui á villa apesar de estar muito doente.

11. A povoação fica distante d’aqui umas vinte duas leguas ou mais.

1. It is easy to see that he is likely to run away.

2. He is at present busy with writing letters.

3. This young man is still dependent upon his parents.

4. He is likely to die of hunger.

XXXV

ABBREVIATIONS

(See § 147, pages 115-116)

VOCABULARY

o barão, baron

o bispo, bishop

o collega, colleague

o cardeal, cardinal

o collarinho, collar

o criado, servant

o director, director

o papa, pope

o par, pair

o sentido, sense, meaning

as calças, trousers

a camisa, shirt

a companhia, company

a excellencia, excellency

a meia, stocking (abbreviation of meia-calça)

a navegação, navigator

ignorar, to be ignorant

affectuoso, affectionate

directamente, directly

humilde, humble

la, there

obrigado, obliged

reverendo, reverend

São, Saint

Santo, Saint

1. De S. Felix fui directamente a S. Paulo, e de la a Sta. Clara pela E. F.

2. Illmo. Exmo. Sr. Dr.

Ant° José dos Santos Pinheiro,

M. D. Director da Cⁱᵃ de Navegação.

3. De V. Exᵃ,

Amᵒ e crᵈᵒ obdᵒ.

4. Exᵐᵒ e Revᵐᵒ Sr. D. Antonio de Macedo Costa,

Digᵐᵒ Bispo do Pará.

5. Collega, amᵒ affᵒ e humᵉ servo em J. C.

6. Illᵐᵒ e Exᵐᵒ Snr., V. Exᵃ não ignora que em 8bro. p.p. veio a Roma o Snr. Barão de Penedo.

7. Deus guarde a V. Exᵃ.

8. Falle V. Sᵃ ao Papa e ao Cardeal A. n’este sentido.

9. A S. M. I., D. Pedro II., O. D. C. o autor.

10. No caso que V. S. esteja com fome.

11. Não tenho nada que não esteja ás ordens de V. Exᵃ.

XXXVI

SIMILARITY OF WORDS

(See § 145, page 113)

For vocabulary see pages 117-118.

1. Como fosse notorio e vulgar o amor de Alvaro a Leonor —.

2. Elle foi nomeado director do collegio.

3. Esta casa é muito ordinaria, e tem as janellas estreitas.

4. O pai delle é meu parente.

5. Pinheiro tirou a sorte grande na loteria do estado.

6. O alumno assistiu ao espectaculo no dia seguinte.

7. Ascenda a luz e arme minha rede ahi perto da mesa.

8. Quero partir ás quatro horas de madrugada.

9. O artista vendeu as acções conforme o regimento da companhia.

10. Fiquei admirado e desapontado com este negocio.

11. Estamos apreciando a musica.

12. Nossa petição foi deferida pelo ministro.

13. Durou o espectaculo a noite inteira.

14. Apanhei uma constipação no sereno.

15. Tirou uma photographia do gado demandando Goyaz.

16. O parente delle acordou tarde.

17. O caso não é de minha competencia.

18. A casa real de Portugal.

19. Partiu de madrugada pelo vapor á hora marcada.

20. Fica combinado que reuniremos nesta casa particular.

21. Correu a fama a contar os successos pelas mil boccas da defamação.

FOOTNOTES:

[64] The student is warned against supposing that words ending alike are always accented alike.

[65] In the remaining vocabularies the definite article is placed before the nouns to indicate the gender, but it is not repeated in the English translation.

[66] Moraes says that caixa is longer than wide and that it is called caixa when full, and caixão when empty.

XXXVII

EXAMPLES OF STYLE

The following are examples of the styles of several of the best writers of Portuguese.

The literary form of the Portuguese of the Bible differs in some essential respects from the language used in every-day life just as it does in English. The following from a late translation of the New Testament will serve as an example.

THE NEW TESTAMENT

«Os Santos Evangelhos e o livro dos actos dos Apostolos, Versão fiel do original Grego» [Rio de Janeiro, 1907] S. Matheus, vi. 1-23. Matthew, vi. 1-23.

«Guardae-vos de fazer as vossas boas obras deante dos homens, para serdes vistos por elles; de outra sorte não tendes recompensa junto de vosso Pae que está nos céos.

Quando, pois, deres esmola, não faças tocar a trombeta deante de ti, como fazem os hypocritas nas synagogas e nas ruas, para serem honrados dos homens; em verdade vos digo que já receberam a sua recompensa. Tu porém, quando deres esmolas, não saiba a tua mão esquerda o que faz a tua direita, para que a tua esmola fique em secreto; e teu Pae que vê em secreto, te retribuirá.

Quando orardes, não sejaes como os hypocritas; porque elles gostam de orar em pé nas synagogas e nos cantos das ruas, para serem vistos dos homens; em verdade vos digo que já receberam a sua recompensa. Tu, porém, quando orares, entra no teu quarto e, fechada a porta, ora a teu Pae que está em secreto; e teu Pae que vê em secreto, te retribuirá. Quando orares, não useis de repetições desnecessarias como os Gentios; porque pensam que pelo seu muito falar serão ouvidos. Não sejaes, pois, como elles; porque vosso Pae sabe o que vos é necessario antes que lh’o peçaes. Orae, portanto, deste mode:

Pae nosso que estás nos céos;

sanctificado seja o teu nome;

venha o teu reino;

seja feita a tua vontade, assim na terra como no céo.

O pão nosso de cada dia nos dá hoje;

e perdoa-nos as nossas dividas, assim como nós tambem perdoamos aos nossos devedores;

e não nos deixes cahir em tentação, mas livra-nos do mal.

Porque se perdoardes aos homens as suas offensas, tembem vosso Pae celestial vos perdoará; mas se não perdoardes aos homens, tão pouco vosso Pae perdoará, as vossas offensas.

Quando jejuardes, não tomeis um ar triste como os hypocritas; porque elles desfiguram os seus rostos para fazer ver aos homens que elles estão jejuando; em verdade vos digo que já receberam a sua recompensa. Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a cabeça e lava o rosto para não mostrar aos homens que jejuas, mas sómente a teu Pae que está em secreto; e teu Pae que vê em secreto, te retribuirá.

Não ajunteis para vós thesouros na terra, onde a traça e a ferrugem os consomem, e onde os ladrões penetram e roubam; mas ajuntae para vós thesouros no céo, onde nem a traça nem a ferrugem os consomem, e onde os ladrões não penetram nem roubam; porque onde estiver o teu thesouro, ahi estará tambem o teu coração. Os olhos são a luz do corpo. Se elles, pois forem simples, todo o corpo será luminoso; mas se forem maus, todo o teu corpo ficará ás escuras. Se, portanto, a luz que ha em ti, são trevas; quão densas são as trevas!»

XXXVIII

Alexandre Herculano (1810-1877) is a distinguished Portuguese poet, historian, and novelist. The first edition of his classic “Historia de Portugal” was published in 1846. The following extracts are from the 6th edition of that work printed at Lisbon in 1901.

(The First Crusade. Vol. I, p. 199.)

«Um grande acontecimento, cujas consequencias foram immensas para o progresso da civilisação, preoccupava por esse tempo os animos em toda a Europa e em grande parte da Asia. A primaeira cruzada, promovida pelo eremita Pedro e pelas eloquentes palavras de Urbano II no concilio de Clermont, tinha arrojado para a Syria cem mil homens d’armas seguidos de uma turba innumeravel de individuos de todas as condições e de ambos os sexos. Depois de longa viagem, em que a miseria, os vicios, as doenças e a guerra reduziram a bem pequeno numero essa multidão desordenada, Jerusalem caira nas mãos dos cruzados, e os guerreiros que não se tinham armado para a conquista dos lugares sanctos puderam ir ainda, após os mais fervorosos, ajudar a defender a monarchia christan[67] fundada na Palestina e ganhar ahi a gloria e a opulencia ou a remissão de passados crimes, remissão que a igreja concedia com mão larga aos que, pondo sobre o hombro esquerdo a cruz vermelha, se votavam á trabalhosa e arriscada peregrinação do ultramar. Seis annos depois da primeira invasão, em 1101, uma segunda cruzada partiu para o oriente, cujos successos desastrados não impediram que novos peregrinos se fossem precipitar naquelle vasto sorvedouro de quantos homens de fé viva tinha a Europa e tambem de quantas fézes de corrupção, cubiça e ferocidade havia nella. Para as almas crentes ou devoradas de remorsos a Syria era a piscina da rehabilitação moral: para os ambiciosos e devassos fonte inexgotavel de fortuna e de deleites. As paixões boas e más ligavam-se num pensamento unico—o demandar o oriente; porque tanto a vida como a morte offereciam ao que partia uma perspectiva de felicidade.»

(The Moors of Spain and Portugal in the twelfth century. Vol. I, 349-350.)

«Os mahommetanos da Peninsula offerecem-nos pelo meiado do século XII mais um desses exemplos, ao mesmo tempo terriveis e salutares, de que abunda a historia. Naquelle país, seja qual fôr o seu gráu de civilização e poderio, onde fallece o amor da patria, onde os vicios mais hediondos vivem á luz do sol, onde a todas as ambições é licito pretender e esperar tudo, onde a lei, atirada para o charco das ruas pelo pé desdenhoso dos grandes, vai lá servir de joguete ás multidões desenfreiadas, onde a liberdade do homem, a magestade dos principes e as virtudes da familia se converteram em tres grandes mentiras, ha ahi uma nação que vai morrer. A Providencia, que o previu, suscita então outro povo que venha envolver aquelle cadáver no sudario dos mortos. Pobre, grosseiro, não numeroso, que importa isso? Para pregar as taboas de um ataúde qualquer pequena força basta.»

(The death of Affonso I of Portugal. Vol. I, 463-464.)

«No longo crepusculo de velhice aborrida e enferma, o coração do valente Affonso I ainda pôde dilatar-se pela ultima vez nos contentamentos de uma grande victoria. A sua boa espada repousava havia muito na bainha juncto do seu leito de dôr; mas consolá-lo-hia a certeza de que deixava um filho digno delle no esforço, e uma nação cheia de energia e de esperança, a qual lhe devia quasi inteiramente a sua vida politica. A resistencia invencivel que as forças de terra e de mar do imperio mussulmano tinham encontrado em Portugal provava-lhe que o povo educado por elle passara em curtos annos de debil infancia a juventude robusta. O edeficio da independencia nacional, desenhado pelo conde Henrique, cimentado por D. Theresa e realisado de todo o ponto por elle, achava-se, emfim, concluido com a segurança necessaria para resistir á destruidora acção dos séculos . . .

O ultimo anno da vida de Affonso I passou sem que a historia tivesse nada que mencionar acerca deste principe. O guerreiro como que já dormitava no somno da morte, que em breve devia cerrar-lhe perpetuamente as pálpebras. Apenas alguns documentos dessa épocha nos mostram que nos seus derradeiros dias não abandonou de todo o leme do estado, ao passo que se mostrava ainda liberal para a igreja, com quem sempre repartira largamente os fructos das suas conquistas. Veio, enfim, a fallecer a 6 de dezembro de 1185 depois de governar este pais com os titulos d’infante e de principe doze annos e com o de rei quarenta e cinco. Ordenara elle que o enterrassem no mosteiro de Sancta Cruz de Coimbra, onde jaziam tambem as cinzas de sua esposa D. Mafalda. Ahi, de feito, descansou finalmente aquelle corpo gasto de tantas lidas em sepultura modesta, conforme permittia a rudeza dos tempos, até que elrei D. Manuel lhe alevantou o rico mausoléo em que ainda hoje se guardam os ossos do fundador da monarchia.»

XXXIX

Almeida Garrett (João Baptista da Silva Leitão, Visconde d’ Almeida, 1799-1854) the most popular poet of Portugal published some twenty-seven volumes of poems, plays, history, etc.

The following extract is from a poem entitled “Camões,” canto V, stanza XI. The first edition of this poem appeared in 1825.

CINTRA

«Oh Cintra! oh saudosissimo retiro,

Onde se esquecem mágoas, onde folga

De se olvidar no seio á natureza

Pensamentos que imbala adormecedo

O sussurro das folhas, c’o murmurio

Das despenhadas lymphas misturado!

Quem, descansando á fresca sombra tua,

Sonhou senão venturas? Quem, sentado

No musgo de tuas rocas escarpadas,

Espairecendo os olhos satisfeitos

Por céos, por mares, por montanhas, prados,

Por quanto ha hi[68] mais bello no universo,

Não sentiu arrobar-se-lhe a existencia,

Poisar-lhe o coração suavamente

Sobre esquecidas penas, amarguras,

Ancias, lavor da vida?—Oh grutas frias,

Oh gemedoras fontes, oh suspiros

De namoradas selvas, brandas veigas,

Verdes outeiros, gigantescas serras!

Não vos verei eu mais, delicias d’alma?

Troncos onde eu cortei queridos nomes

D’amisade e de amor, não hei de um dia

Perguntar-vos por elles? Soletrando

Não irei pelas arvores crescidas

Os caracteres que, em tenrinhas plantas,

Pelas verdes cortiças lh’entalhára!

Oh! se inda[69] eu vos verei! . . .»

XL

Joaquim Nabuco (born in the province of Pernambuco, Brazil, in 1847; died at Washington January 17, 1910) was one of the ablest and best-known of Brazilian statesmen, diplomats, and writers.

The following extract from “Minha Formação,” Paris, 1900, pages 223-225, is a good example of his writing, and at the same time throws light upon his character and upon his career as the leader of the antislavery movement in Brazil.

«Tornei a visitar doze annos depois a capellinha de S. Matheus onde minha madrinha, Dona Anna Rosa Falcão de Carvalho, jaz na parede ao lado do altar, e pela pequena sacristia abandonada penetrei no cercado onde eram enterrados os escravos . . . Cruzes, que talvez não existam mais, sobre montes de pedras escondidas pelas ortigas, era tudo quasi que restava da opulenta fabrica, como se chamava o quadro da escravatura . . . Em baixo, na planicie, brilhavam como outr’ora as manchas verdes dos grandes cannaviaes, mas a usina agora fumegava e assobiava com um vapor agudo, annunciando uma vida nova. A almanjarra[70] desapparecera no passado. O trabalho livre tinha tomado o logar em grande parte do trabalho escravo. O engenho apresentava do lado do «porto» o aspecto de uma colonia; da casa velha não ficára vestigio . . . O sacrificio dos pobres negros que haviam incorporado as suas vidas ão futuro d’aquella propriedade, não existia mais talvez senão na minha lembrança . . . Debaixo dos meus pés estava tudo o que restava d’elles, defronte dos columbaria onde dormiam na estreita capella aquelles que elles haviam amado e livremente servido. Sosinho alli, invoquei todas as minhas reminiscencias, chamei-os a muitos pelos nomes, aspirei no ar carregado de aromas agrestes, que entretem a vegetação sobre suas covas, o sopro que lhes dilatava o coração e lhes inspirava a sua alegria perpetua. Foi assim que o problema moral da escravidão se desenhou pela primeira vez aos meus olhos em sua nitidez perfeita e com sua solução obrigatoria. Não só esses escravos não se tinham queixado de sua senhora, como a tinham até o fim abençoado . . . A gratidão estava do lado de quem dava. Elles morreram acreditando-se os devedores . . . seu carinho não teria deixado germinar a mais leve suspeita de que o senhor pudesse ter uma obrigação para com elles, que lhe pertenciam . . . Deus conservára alli o coração do escravo, como o do animal fiel, longe do contacto com tudo que o pudesse revoltar contra a sua dedicação. Esse perdão espontaneo da divida do senhor pelos escravos figurou-se-me a amnistia para os paizes que cresceram pela escravidão, o meio de escaparem a um dos peiores taliões da historia . . . Oh! os Santos pretos! seriam elles os intercessores pela nossa infeliz terra, que regaram com seu sangue, mas abençoaram com seu amor! Eram essas as idéas que me vinham entre aquelles tumulos, para mim, todos elles, sagrados, e então alli mesmo, aos vinte annos, formei a resolução de votar a minha vida, si assim me fosse dado, ao serviço da raça generosa entre todas que a desegualdade da sua condição enternecia em vez de azedar e que por sua doçura no soffrimento emprestava até mesmo á oppressão de que era victima um reflexo de bondade . . .»

XLI

Julia Lopes d’ Almeida, native of the province of S. Paulo, Brazil, is the authoress of many romances and other writings. She has a charming straightforwardness and simplicity of style. She is the one writer who has had the artistic insight to appreciate, and the courage to set down in its true form, the language of the caipiras and of the old slaves. The following brief example taken from “A Familia Medeiros” 2a ed. S. Paulo 1894, 261-265, will give an idea of the character of the patois of the interior of S. Paulo. The correct words inserted in brackets do not, of course, appear in the original.

«Eram seis horas da manhã quando Octavio, accordando, ouvio dois caipiras dialogarem sob a janella do seu quarto. Dizia um:

—Seu [Senhor] Romão já disse qui o mais fólte di nois tudo [forte de nos todos] é o Braz . . .

—Tché![71] na terra! o mais fólte di nois tudo [forte de nos todos] sou eu!

—Seu Zé [Senhor José] Riba mandou chamá [chamar] um capanga di [de] fora, um tá Furctuoso! [tal Fructuoso]

—Eh! sae cinza!

—Os [o] coitado . . .

—Quê [probably for quem é] coitado?

—Da gente do dotô . . . [doutor]

—Foi nho [Senhor] Triguero que mandou chamá [chamar] mecê [vossa mercê]?

—Não foi não; eu vim trazê [trazer] um recado de nhô [Senhor] Juca, pro [para] móde [modo] elle í [ir] lá combiná [combinar] as [a] coisa; o diabo é que fica talde [tarde] e eu perciso [preciso] i mi [ir me] embora.

—Mecê [vossa mercê] foi convidado pra [para a] festa?

—Fui.

—Quem foi que convidou mecê? [vossa mercê]

—Nhô [Senhor] Carro [Carlos] de Lima, mais [mas] não vou não!

—Uê! Isso é o mesmo que pinchá [pinchar] dinheiro fóra!

—É . . . mais [mas] não vou. Eu quando vejo sangue fico tão patife [for covarde] que até chego a sê [ser] vil!

Ouvindo o nome de Fructuoso ligado áquellas palavras mysteriosas, Octavio ergueu-se e abriu a janella, mas já os dois caipiras se tinham afastado; um d’elles conversava com o Trigueirinhos, que o ouvia de rosto carregado; o outro desapparecia na porta do pateo com um feixe de palmitos ao hombro.

Estavam assim, quando ouviram o rodar de um troly;[72] chegavam os Francos. Noemia estremeceu e approximou-se instinctivamente da mãe, como a pedir-lhe misericordia e apoio.

Momentos depois, entravam na sala o coronel Cerqueira Franco e o filho.

O coronel era um velho robusto, alto, corpulento, de barba farta a encobrir-lhe todo o peito, andar pesado e grandes mãos cabelludas. O filho, egualmente alto e forte, tinha o aspecto agradavel, o olhar sereno, um sorriso bondoso e feliz de creança posto nos grossos labios de um homem.

O commendador apresentou-o a Noemia, dizendo-lhe:

—Esta é que é vossa noiva!

Elle corou; ella, sem levantar os olhos, extendeu-lhe a mão, gelada e tremula.

Houve um instante de silencio, que o coronel Cerqueira Franco se apressou em cortar fallando num tom alto, com certa intimidade e alegria.

Voltando-se para o filho exclamou:

—Você tem uma noiva muito bonita; carece agora de tratal-a bem, ouviu? bonita e . . . commoda! porque é tão delicada que ha de ser por força muito leviana! [leve] cabe num canto do bolso de Julio!

Pouco depois, uma mucama chamou para o almoço.

Enchendo o seu prato de quiréra [milho pizado] e lombo de porco, o coronel Franco proseguia:

—D. Nicota, a senhora descurpe [desculpe] a franqueza! mas quando eu passei na cachoeira de Pirassununga, hontem de talde [tarde], tavam [estavam] caçando peixe [pescando], então apeguei de trazê [trazer] um dourado pra [para] sua ceia . . .» E dirigindo-se immediatamente ao Trigueirinhos:

—«Seu tio é bem bom . . . eu já pousei aqui na visinhança uma noite, em casa do . . . de um chimbéva[73] moreno. . . .»

—«O Prates?»

—«Isso! . . . não me alembrava [lembrava] o nome, era casado com uma moça da Limeira . . . oh! que mulher fogueta!»

Os outros riram-se; elle continuou:

—Estou ficando com os pés fria [frios]! acho que é porque a varanda é de tijolo! Trigueirinhos? vocês não aquentam fogo, não?

—Que sim, responderam. De vez em quando, no inverno, faziam fogo na sala de jantar, entre as redes; agora porem, em fevereiro, nem se lembravam d’isso!

O coronel Franco proseguiu fallando sempre, ora das suas propriedades em diversos locaes da provincia, ora do casamento do filho, etc. . . . Á sobremesa disse ter ouvido de dois passageiros, no trem, grandes injurias ás auctoridades de Casa Branca, e tambem que haveria nessa cidade uma revolução de escarvos! isso é que era o diabo! Deveria dar credito a semelhante boato? indagava elle, mastigando com a completa dentadura postiça o doce de abobora moranga, servido ás talhadas.

XLII

Antonio Gonçalves Dias (1824-1864) was a native of the province of Maranhão in Brazil, and was educated at the University of Coimbra in Portugal. He is the most popular of the Brazilian poets. Every Brazilian knows by heart his beautiful “canção do exilo” written at Coimbra in 1843.

CANÇÃO DO EXILO

Minha terra tem palmeiras,

Onde canta o Sabiá;[74]

As aves, que aqui gorgeião,

Não gorgeião como lá.

Nosso céo tem mais estrellas,

Nossas varzeas tem mais flores,

Nossos bosques tem mais vida,

Nossa vida mais amores.

Em scismar, sósinho, á noite,

Mais prazer encontro eu lá;

Minha terra tem palmeiras,

Onde canta o Sabiá.

Minha terra tem primores,

Que taes não encontro eu cá;

Em scismar—sósinho, á noite—

Mais prazer encontro eu lá;

Minha terra tem palmeiras,

Onde canta o Sabiá.

Não permitta Deos que eu morra,

Sem que eu volte para lá;

Sem que desfructe os primores

Que não encontro por cá;

Sem qu’inda aviste as palmeiras,

Onde canta o Sabiá.

XLIII

The Marquez de Maricá (1773-1848) one of the illustrious statesmen and litterateurs of Brazil was especially noted for his maxims, examples of which are given here.

MAXIMAS, PENSAMENTOS, E REFLEXÕES

Ninguem considera a sua ventura superior ao seu merito, mas todos se queixão das injustiças dos homens e da fortuna.

A modestia doura os talentos, a vaidade os deslustra.

Os abusos, como os dentes, nunca se arrancão sem dôres.

Quando o povo não acredita na probidade, a immoralidade é geral.

O moço devasso póde emendar-se, o velho vicioso he incorrigivel.

Os mais arrojados em fallar são ordinariamente os menos profundos em saber.

A virtude resistindo se reforça.

A virtude he communicavel, mas o vicio contagioso.

Os governos fracos fazem fortes os ambiciosos e insurgentes.

Ninguem duvida tanto como aquelle que mais sabe.

A bravura é taciturna, mas a cobardia garrulenta.

Ninguem é grande homem em tudo e em todo o tempo.

Não é dado ao saber humano conhecer toda a extensão da sua ignorancia.

Os medicos accusão a natureza, os enfermos aos medicos.

Muita sciencia occasiona muita incerteza.

Nenhum governo é bom para os homens máos.

Soffrei privações na mocidade, e sereis regalados na velhice.

Queixamo-nos da fortuna para desculpar a nossa preguiça.

O odio e a guerra que declaramos aos outros nos gasta e consome a nós mesmos.

Velhos ha que bem merecem ser comparados aos volcões extinctos.

Os bons exemplos dos pais são as melhores lições e a melhor herança para os filhos.

A importunidade é algumas vezes mais feliz que o merecimento.

A liberdade é a que nos constitue entes moraes bons ou máos: é hum grande bem para quem tem juizo; e para quem o não tem, um mal gravissimo.

Não ha cousa mais facil que vencer os outros homens, nem mais difficil que vencer-nos a nós mesmos.

Entre as paixões humanas a ambição tem tanto de nobre como a avareza de ignobil.

Os nossos maiores inimigos existem dentro de nós mesmos: são os nossos erros, vicios e paixões.

Em algumas revoluções o jogo continúa como dantes, á excepção do barulho e jogadores que são novos.

As revoluções politicas, quando não melhorão, deteriorão, necessariamente a sorte das nações.

As nações, como as pessoas, aprendem errando e soffrendo.

Não ha escravidão peior que a dos vicios e paixões.

Huma revolução feliz justifica os maiores crimes e os eleva á cathegoria de virtudes.

Deve-se usar da liberdade, como de vinho, com moderação e sobriedade.

A plena liberdade é como a pedra philosophal, procurada por muitos e por nenhum descoberta.

Ninguem é tão prudente em dispender o seu dinheiro como aquelle que melhor conhece as difficuldades de o ganhar honradamente.

A força sem intelligencia é como o movimento sem direcção.

Não se apaga o fogo com resinas, nem a colera com más palavras.

Os ignorantes exagerão sempre mais que os intelligentes.

Os prazeres, como as rosas, estão bordados de espinhos; colhêlos sem ferir-se é o requinte da prudencia e habilidade humana.

Os pobres declamão contra a riqueza para se consolarem ou se justificarem de não serem ricos.

A melhor entidade da terra é huma boa mulher, a peior a que é má.

A desconfiança é o tormento dos velhos, receião-se de todos e de tudo.

A morte salda muitas contas que a vida não pode ajustar.

A melhor companhia acha-se em huma escolhida livraria.

Huma boa letra não annuncia vasta intelligencia, nem huma eloquencia brilhante profunda sapiencia.

A ignorancia é mãe da superstição e fanatismo.

A gente moça não sabe apreciar os bens do que goza, nem avaliar os males que não padece.

Os que sabem menos são ordinariamente os que fallão mais.

Sem philosophia não ha sabedoria: quem não é philosopho não póde ser sabio.

Todos se accusão ou se queixão de pouco dinheiro, nenhum de pouco juizo.

A litteratura ingleza deve servir de antidoto á franceza: esta vicia, aquella moralisa os seus cultores.

A vaidade e um elemento muito importante da felicidade humana.

MEU EPITAPHIO

Aqui jaz o corpo apenas

Do marquez de Maricá:

Quem quizer saber-lhe da alma,

Nos seus livros a achará.

XLIV

Luis de Camões (born at Lisbon in 1524, died in 1579) was the greatest literary genius ever produced by Portugal. His “Lusiádas” is the most celebrated poem in the Portuguese language. It is an epic, and treats of the discovery of India by the early Portuguese navigators.

The extracts that follow are from the first Canto of the “Lusiádas.” In verses VI to XVIII of the first Canto the poet addresses himself to Dom Sebastião who was king of Portugal from 1557 to 1578. At XIX the ships are under sail, and at XX Jupiter calls together the gods to decide the fate of the enterprise.

CANTO PRIMEIRO

VI

E vós, ó bem nascida segurança

Da Lusitana[75] antigua liberdade,

E não menos certissima esperança

De augmento da pequena Christandade:

Vós, ó novo temor da Maura lança,

Maravilha fatal[76] da nossa idade;

Dada ao mundo por Deos, que todo o mande,

Para do mundo a Deos dar parte grande:

VII

Vós, tenro e novo ramo florecente

De huma arvore de Christo mais amada

Que nenhuma nascida no Occidente,

Cesárea, ou Christianissima chamada:

Vêde-o no vosso escudo, que presente

Vos amostra a victoria já passada;

Na qual vos deo por armas, e deixou

As que elle para si na Cruz tomou:

VIII

Vós, poderoso Rei, cujo alto imperio

O Sol logo em nascendo vê primeiro;

Vê-o tambem no meio do hemispherio;

E quando desce, o deixa derradeiro:

Vós, que esperâmos jugo, e vituperio

Do torpe Ismaelita cavalleiro,

Do Turco oriental, e do Gentio

Que inda[77] bebe o licor[78] do sancto[79] rio.

IX

Inclinai por hum pouco a magestade,

Que nesse tenro gesto vos contemplo;

Que já se mostra qual na inteira idade,

Quando subindo ireis ao eterno templo.

Os olhos da Real benignidade

Ponde no chão: vereis hum novo exemplo

De amor dos patrios feitos valerosos,

Em versos divulgado numerosos.

XIX

Já no largo Oceano navegavam,

As inquietas ondas apartando;

Os ventos brandamente respiravam,

Das náos as velas concavas inchando:

Da branca escuma os mares se mostravam

Cobertos, onde as proas vão cortando

As maritimas aguas consagradas,

Que do gado de Proteo são cortadas.

XX

Quando os deoses[80] no Olympo luminoso,

Onde o governo está da humana gente,

Se ajuntam em concilio glorioso

Sobre as cousas futuras do Oriente:

Pisando o crystallino céo formoso,

Vem pela via Lactea juntamente,

Convocados da parte do Tonante[81]

Pelo neto gentil do velho Atlante.

FOOTNOTES:

[67] An old form of christã; see § 5, foot-note to n.

[68] hi in place of ahi.

[69] inda for ainda.

[70] Almanjarra is the name given the old-fashioned cane mill that was turned by oxen or horses.

[71] Tché, an exclamation; this sound is only used in Brazil in certain parts of S. Paulo, and in Minho and Tras-os-Montes in Portugal, where it probably originated.

[72] Small spring wagon, or buckboard, introduced into S. Paulo about 1870; it is known by the English name of trolly.

[73] Flat-nosed person.

[74] Sabiá is the popular name of a kind of Brazilian robin.

[75] Lusitania was an ancient province of Spain that included a large part of modern Portugal, of which it is often used as a synonym.

[76] fateful.

[77] ainda.

[78] liquor.

[79] santo.

[80] See deus.

[81] Jupiter Tonans.

VOCABULARIES

including index to rules, tables, conjugations of verbs, and examples in the text.

The numbers and letters refer to the paragraphs of the text.

The gender of the nouns is indicated by the use of the definite article o (masculine) or a (feminine) before the noun. The article when thus used is not translated in the vocabulary.

ABBREVIATIONS

adj.

adjective

adv.

adverb

art.

article

conj.

conjunction

f.

feminine

int.

interjection

m.

masculine

ord.

ordinal numeral

pp.

past participle

pr. part.

present participle

pl.

plural

prep.

preposition

pro.

pronoun

s.

substantive

v.

verb

The part of speech is indicated only in cases where doubt is possible.

PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

A

- a, art., the, § 14-16.

- a, prep., to, of, § 122a, 123a, b, c, d, e, 124, 139, 141.

- a, that, § 87.

- a, as, them, § 65.

- abaixo, below, § 144.

- abandonar, to abandon.

- ABBREVIATIONS, § 147.

- a abelha, bee, § 26c.

- abençoar, to bless.

- aberto, adj., open.

- a abobora, squash, pumpkin.

- aborrido, sad, tedious, wearisome.

- abraçar, to embrace.

- abranger, to contain.

- Abril, April.

- abrir, to open.

- ABSOLUTE SUPERLATIVE, § 44.

- abundar, to abound.

- o abuso, abuse.

- acabar, to finish, § 123f.

- a acção, action, share.

- accender, to light, set fire.

- ACCENT MARKS, § 8.

- accessivel, accessible.

- accordar, to waken.

- accusar, to accuse, complain.

- aceitar, to accept.

- acerca, concerning.

- achar, to find, § 124a, 138.

- acima, above, § 144.

- acolá, there, § 135r.

- acompanhar, to accompany, § 124c.

- acontecer, to happen.

- o acontecimento, occurrence.

- acreditar, to believe.

- a actividade, activity.

- activo, active.

- o actor, actor.

- adiante, before (in space).

- adiar, to postpone.

- ADJECTIVES, § 39.

- a admiração, admiration.

- admirado, surprised.

- adoecer, to fall ill, sicken.

- adoptar, to adopt.

- adormecido, lulled.

- ADVERBS, § 134.

- a adversidade, adversity.

- o advogado, lawyer.

- afastar, to withdraw, go away.

- a affabilidade, affability.

- affectuosamente, affectionately.

- affectuoso, affectionate.

- affeiçoado, addicted to, inclined.

- afigurado, shapely, fine looking.

- afim, for the purpose of, § 144-5.

- a agonia, agony.

- agora, now.

- o agosto, August.

- agradavel, agreeable.

- agradecer, to thank, § 122i.

- agreste, of the forest, untilled, rough.

- a agua, water.

- agudo, sharp, acute.

- aguentar, to endure, stand.

- a aguia, eagle, § 26c.

- ahi, there, § 135c.

- ainda, yet, § 135q, 145.

- ajuntar, to get together, accumulate.

- ajustar, to adjust.

- a alegria, joy, joyfulness.

- alem, beyond, § 144.

- alevantar, to get up, lift, build.

- o alfinete, pin.

- algo, something, § 100b.

- o algodão, cotton.

- alguem, some one.

- algum, some, any, no, § 101.

- ali, there, § 135d.

- o allemão, German (and adj.).

- alli, see ali.

- a alma, soul.

- almoçar, to breakfast, § 122i.

- o almoço, breakfast.

- ALPHABET, § 1.

- o altar, altar.

- a alteza, highness, § 147.

- alto, high, tall, § 45, 134e.

- alugar, to let, rent.

- o alumno, student.

- alvo, white.

- a ama, nurse.

- a amabilidade, kindness, friendliness.

- amanhan, or amanhã, to-morrow.

- amar, to love.

- amarello, yellow.

- a amargura, bitterness, grief.

- amavel, amiable, friendly.

- a ambição, ambition.

- ambicioso, ambitious.

- ambos, both.

- o amigo, friend.

- a amizade, friendship.

- a amnistia, amnesty.

- o amor, love.

- amostrar, to show (also mostrar).

- a ancia, anxiety, perplexity.

- andar, to walk, § 109e, 124a.

- o andar, floor.

- angelico, angelic.

- o animal, animal.

- o animo, mind, spirit.

- o annel, ring, § 20. 5.

- o anno, year.

- annunciar, to announce.

- anoitecer, to become night.

- ante-hontem, day before yesterday.

- ANTEPENULT, ACCENTED, § 9d.

- antes, before (in time), rather, § 145.

- o antidoto, antidote.

- antigo, ancient, old.

- o anzol, fish-hook.

- aonde, where, § 135m.

- apagar, to put out, extinguish.

- apanhar, to catch.

- apartar, to part, separate.

- apegar, see pegar.

- apenas, barely, merely.

- apesar, in spite of, § 145.

- o apoio, support.

- apontar, to point, take aim.

- após, after, behind.

- o apostolo, apostle.

- apparelhar, to prepare, fit out.

- o appetite, appetite.

- apprehender, to learn.

- apreciar, to appreciate, enjoy.

- apresentar, to present, introduce.

- apressar, to hasten.

- aproveitar, to improve the opportunity, turn to account.

- aproximar, to approach.

- aquelle -a, that, § 84.

- aquentar, to heat, fire.

- aqui, here;

- d’aqui, hence, § 134, 135a.

- aquillo, that, § 85.

- o ar, air, appearance.

- ardente, ardent.

- a areia, sand.

- a arma, (fire)arm.

- armar, to arm.

- a aroma, aroma, sweet odor.

- arrancar, to pull out, extricate, § 108, 123f.

- arrepender-se, to repent, § 126b.

- arriscado, dangerous, risky.

- arriscar, to risk.

- arrobar, to ravish, put in ecstasy.

- arrojado, bold, rash.

- arrojar, to drag.

- a arvore, tree.

- ascender, to light.

- o aspecto, aspect.

- aspirar, to breathe.

- assignalar, to distinguish.

- assim, so, thus.

- assistir, to assist, to be present.

- assoberbar, to vex.

- assobiar, to hiss, whistle.

- o assucar, sugar.

- o asylo, asylum, refuge, home.

- o ataude, coffin.

- até, to, at, until, § 122c.

- atirar, to throw, throw down, shoot.

- atrever-se, to dare, venture.

- o atrevimento, boldness, daring.

- attento, attentive.

- attingir, to attain.

- attracar, to make fast.

- AUGMENTATIVES, § 35, 46.

- o augmento, increase.

- o autor, author.

- a autora, authoress.

- a autoridade, authority.

- AUXILIARY VERBS, § 109.

- o auxilio, help.

- avaliar, to value.

- a avareza, avarice.

- a ave, bird.

- avistar, to see, get sight of.

- a avó, grandmother.

- o avô, grandfather.

- -avo, suffix in fractions, § 61a.

- a aza, wing.

- azedar, to embitter.

- o azeite, oil.

- azul, blue, § 41f.

B

- o bacalháu, codfish.

- o bacharel, bachelor (academic).

- a bahia, bay.

- a bainha, sheath, scabbard.

- baixo, low, § 134e.

- a bala, ball, bullet.

- balançar, to balance, swing, rock.

- a bandeira, flag, banner.

- a banha, lard.

- o banho, bath.

- o barão, baron.

- barato, cheap.

- a barba, beard.

- barbaro, barbarous.

- a baroneza, baroness.

- a barra, bar, mouth of stream.

- o barril, barrel, § 20. 6.

- o barro, clay.

- o barulho, noise.

- bastante, enough.

- bastar, to suffice.

- a batalha, battle.

- a batata, potato.

- bater, to beat, knock.

- beber, to drink.

- o beiço, lip.

- bello, fine, handsome.

- o Beltrano, § 94.

- bem, well; se bem que, § 145.

- o bem, good; pl., bens, goods;

- bens de raiz, real estate.

- bemdito, see bemdizer.

- a benção, blessing.

- a benignidade, benignity.

- o betume, pitch, tar.

- a bibliotheca, library.

- o bilhete, ticket.

- o bispo, bishop.

- boa, see bom.

- o boato, report, rumor.

- a boca, mouth.

- o boi, ox.

- bolir, see bulir.

- o bolso, pocket.

- bom, good, § 41g, 51.

- a bondade, goodness, kindness.

- bondoso, good, good-natured.

- bonito, pretty, handsome.

- bordar, to border, surround.

- o bosque, woods, grove.

- botar, to put, place.

- a botica, apothecary’s shop.

- a botina, boot.

- o braço, arm.

- branco, white.

- brandamente, gently.

- brando, gentle, sweet.

- o brasileiro, Brazilian (and adj.).

- bravo, wild.

- a bravura, bravery.

- o breu, pitch, tar.

- breve, short.

- brilhante, brilliant.

- brilhar, to shine, glitter.

- o brilho, brilliancy.

- brincar, to play, fool.

- bulir, to disturb, stir.

- buscar, to fetch, bring.

C

- cá, here, § 135b.

- a cabeça, head; round-topped mountain.

- o cabello, hair.

- cabelludo, hairy.

- caber, to hold, § 112, p. 83.

- a cabra, goat.

- a cachoeira, water-fall.

- o cachorro, dog.

- cada, each, § 100j.

- o cadaver, dead body.

- a cadeira, chair.

- o caes, quay, mole, § 20b.

- o café, coffee.

- cahir, to fall, § 110, p. 82.

- o caipira, backwoodsman.

- a caixa, box;

- caixa economica, savings-bank.

- o caixão, big box. See Exercise X.

- a cal, lime, § 20. 4.

- calar, to hush, silence, § 126b.

- calçar, to put on (shoes, socks, trousers), § 122.

- as calças (pl.), trousers, § 21.

- o calor, heat, § 121.

- a camada, bed, layer (of rock).

- a camara, room.

- o, a camarada, companion.

- o camareiro, chamberlain.

- o camarote, cabin (on ship), box (in theater).

- o caminho, road, way.

- a camisa, shirt.

- o campo, field, plain.

- cançar, to tire, weary.

- o cannavial, cane field.

- cansado, see cançar.

- cantar, to sing.

- o canto, corner; song.

- o cantor, singer.

- a cantora, songstress.

- o cão, dog.

- o capanga, hired assassin.

- capaz, capable, § 139a.

- a capela, chapel.

- CAPITAL LETTERS, § 12.

- o capital, principal; f., capital (city), § 31.

- o capitalista, capitalist.

- o capitão, captain.

- caprichoso, erratic, whimsical.

- o caracter, character, handwriting.

- o cardeal, cardinal.

- carecer, to need, require.

- a caridade, charity.

- o carinho, kindness, affection.

- a carne, meat, flesh.

- caro, dear, expensive.

- carregado, heavy, loaded.

- o carro, cart, wagon, carriage.

- a carta, letter.

- a casa, house.

- a casaca, (long) coat.

- o casamento, marriage.

- casar, to marry.

- o caso, case.

- a categoria, list, category.

- a cathedral, cathedral.

- caudal, mighty.

- a causa, cause, reason, case (law).

- o cavalheiro, knight, noble-man;

- adj., noble, gentleman-like.

- o cavalleiro, horseman, cavalier, gentleman.

- a cavallo, horse.

- caxoeira, see cachoeira.

- cear, to sup.

- cedo, early.

- cego, blind, § 139a.

- a ceia, supper.

- celebre, celebrated, § 143.

- celestial, heavenly.

- cem, one hundred.

- o cemiterio, cemetery.

- os centenares, hundreds.

- o centesimo, hundredth.

- cento, hundred, p. 50.

- o ceo, heaven.

- cerca, about, § 144.

- o cercado, enclosure.

- cercar, to encircle, surround, enclose, § 124c, 143.

- cerrar, to close.

- a certeza, certainty.

- certo, sure, certain, § 51, 100f.

- cerúleo, cerulean, bluish, azure.

- cessar, to cease, § 122e, 123f.

- o chá, tea.

- a chaleira, tea-kettle.

- chamar, to call.

- chão, adj., plain.

- o chão, ground.

- o chapeo, hat.

- o charco, mud, puddle.

- a chave, key.

- o chefe, chief.

- chegar, to arrive, suffice, § 122c.

- cheio, full.

- o chicote, (riding) whip.

- a chinela, slipper.

- chorar, to weep, cry.

- chover, to rain.

- christão, Christian.

- a chuva, rain.

- a cidadão, citizen.

- a cidade, city.

- cimentar, to cement.

- cinco, five, § 55.

- cincoenta, fifty.

- a cinza, ashes.

- a cithara, cithern, lute.

- o ciume, jealousy.

- civíl, civil.

- a civilisação, civilization.

- civilisado, civilized.

- claro, clear.

- classificar, to classify.

- o clima, climate.

- a cobardia, cowardice.

- coberto, covered.

- cobiçar, see cubiçar.

- a cobra, snake, § 26c.

- cobrir, to cover, § 124c.

- o coco, coconut.

- a coisa, see cousa.

- coitado, poor (fellow) (term of endearment or pity), § 146.

- a colera, wrath.

- a colher, spoon;

- v., to collect, gather.

- o collarinho, collar.

- a collecção, collection.

- o collega, colleague.

- a colonia, colony.

- com, with, § 122d, 142.

- combinar, to combine, arrange.

- começar, to begin, § 123e, f.

- comer, to eat.

- comigo, see commigo.

- o commendador, commander.

- commigo, with me, § 65c.

- commodo, convenient, handy.

- COMMON TERMINATIONS of m. and f. nouns, § 27.

- commun, common.

- communicavel, communicable.

- comnosco, with us, § 65c.

- como, adv., how, as, § 131.

- a compaixão, compassion.

- a companhia, company.

- a comparação, comparison.

- comparar, to compare.

- COMPARISONS, § 42-45.

- completamente, completely.

- completo, complete, whole.

- COMPOUND PLURALS, § 22.

- comprar, to buy.

- comprido, long.

- comsigo, with himself, by himself, etc., § 67.

- comtigo, with thee, § 65c.

- concavo, concave.

- conceder, to concede, grant.

- o concilio, council.

- o conde, count.

- a condição, condition.

- CONDITIONAL ENDINGS AND MEANINGS, § 106, 107.

- a confiança, confidence.

- conforme, according as.

- confranger-se, to shrink.

- conhecer, to know, be acquainted with, § 143.

- CONJUNCTIONS, § 145.

- a conquista, conquest.

- consagrado, consecrated.

- o conselheiro, counselor.

- o conselho, council, advice.

- a consequencia, consequence.

- conservar, to preserve.

- considerar, to consider.

- consolar, to console, comfort.

- consomir, see consumir.

- CONSONANTS, § 5.

- constituir, to constitute.

- o consul, consul, § 20. 4.

- consumir, to consume.

- a conta, account, count, reckoning.

- o contacto, contact.

- contagioso, contagious.

- contar, to count.

- contemplar, to contemplate, see.

- o contentamento, contentment.

- contente, content, pleased.

- continuar, to continue, go on.

- o conto, conto, § 55; a tale.

- contra, against.

- o contrario, contrary.

- convem, see convir, § 113.

- conversar, to converse.

- converter, to convert.

- convidar, to invite.

- convir, to be convenient, suit, § 113.

- o convite, invitation.

- convocar, to call together.

- o copo, cup, glass.

- a côr, color.

- o coração, heart.

- a coragem, courage.

- corar, to color, blush.

- o coronel, colonel.

- o corpo, body.

- corpulento, stout.

- correcto, correct.

- corrente, adj., current.

- corrigir, to correct.

- a corrupção, corruption.

- cortar, to cut.

- a côrte, court, § 23.

- a cortiça, bark.

- o corvo, crow, § 26c.

- a costa, side, coast.

- costumar, to accustom, be accustomed.

- a costume, custom.

- a cousa, thing, § 44c.

- a cova, grave.

- o covarde, coward.

- o cravo, pink, horseshoe-nail.

- o credito, credit.

- crente, faithful, believing.

- o crepusculo, twilight.

- crer, to believe, § 112, p. 83.

- crescer, to grow.

- crescido, grown up.

- a criação, raising, breeding (of cattle), creation.

- a criada, (female) servant.

- o criado, (male) servant.

- a criança, baby.

- o crime, crime.

- crivel, credible.

- cru, crua, raw, § 41e.

- a cruz, cross.

- a cruzada, crusade.

- o cruzado, crusader.

- crystallino, crystaline.

- a cubiça, greed, lust.

- cubiçar, long for.

- cubiçoso, covetous.

- o cuidado, care.

- cuidadosamente, carefully.

- cujo, whose, § 96, 99.

- o cultor, cultivator, lover, follower.

- o cura, curate;

- sf., cure.

- curto, short.

- custar, to cost.

- customar, see costumar.

D

- da, § 15b.

- o dado, data, information.

- o damno, damage.

- dantes, before.

- dar, to give, § 111; dar a luz (um livro), to publish.

- datar, to date.

- de, of, § 122e, f, 124d, 139a, b, c, d, f.

- débil, weak, feeble.

- decidir, to decide.

- o decimo, tenth, § 59.

- declamar, to declaim, cry out.

- declarar, to declare.

- o dedal, thimble.

- a dedicação, dedication.

- dedicar, to dedicate.

- DEFECTIVE VERBS, p. 91.

- defender, to defend.

- deferir, to grant, concede.

- DEFINITE ARTICLE, § 14-16.

- defronte, in front of.

- deitar, to lie down, § 123e, h.

- deixar, to leave, let, allow, § 123f.

- o deleite, delight, pleasure.

- delicado, delicate.

- a delicia, delight, bliss.

- demais, too much.

- demandar, to demand, head for.

- a demissão, dismissal, relief.

- denso, dense.

- a dentadura, set of teeth.

- o dente, tooth.

- o dentista, dentist.

- dentro, within, § 144.

- dependente, dependent, § 139a.

- depois, after, afterwards, § 144, 145.

- depôr, to deposit; lay down; depose.

- depressa, quickly.

- a depressão, depression.

- o deputado, deputy, congressman.

- derradeiro, adj., last.

- desapontado, put out.

- desapparecer, to disappear.

- desastrado, disastrous.

- descançar, to rest.

- descer, to descend, set, go down.

- descobrir, to discover.

- a desconfiança, doubt, distrust.

- desconhecido, unknown.

- desculpar, to excuse, pardon.

- desde, since.

- desdenhoso, disdainful.

- a desegualdade, inequality.

- desejar, to desire, wish.

- o desejo, desire.

- desejoso, desirous.

- desenfreiado, unbridled, disorderly.

- desenhar, to design, draw.

- o desenho, design, plan.

- desfigurar, to disfigure.

- desfrutar, to enjoy.

- deslustrar, to tarnish, dull.

- desnecessario, unnecessary.

- desordenado, disorderly.

- despedir, to dismiss.

- despedir-se, to take leave.

- despenhar, to fall.

- destruidor, destructive.

- destruir, to destroy.

- deteriorar, to deteriorate.

- detraz, backward, § 144.

- o deus, god, § 20b.

- devagar, slow, slowly.

- devasso, licentious, dissolute.

- o devedor, debtor.

- o dever, duty.

- dever, to owe, ought, p. 72.

- devidamente, duly.

- devorar, to devour.

- dez, ten.

- o dezembro, December.

- dezenove, nineteen.

- dezesete, seventeen.

- dezoito, eighteen.

- o dia, day.

- o diabo, devil.

- DIALECTICAL, § 6.

- dialogar, to converse.

- o diamante, diamond.

- diante, before, § 144.

- diario, daily.

- a diffamação, calumny.

- difficil, difficult.

- a difficuldade, difficulty.

- digno, worthy, § 139a.

- dilatar, to dilate, swell.

- diligente, diligent.

- DIMINUTIVES, § 36-38, 46.

- o dinheiro, money.

- DIPHTHONGS, § 3.

- a direcção, direction.

- directamente, directly.

- o director, director.

- direito, right, straight.

- dirigir, to direct.

- dispender, to spend.

- disposto, disposed.

- disseminar, to scatter.

- distante, distant, § 139a.

- distincto, distinct, distinguished, § 143.

- distinguir, to distinguish.

- dito, pp. of dizer, said, same.

- diverso, different.

- a divida, debt.

- dividir, to divide.

- divulgar, to divulge, publish.

- dizer, to say, § 112, p. 83, 126c.

- do, of the, § 15b.

- dobrado, dobro, double, § 62b.

- o doce, sweetmeat;

- adj., sweet.

- docil, docile, § 20. 6.

- o documento, document.

- a doçura, gentleness, sweetness.

- a doença, sickness.

- doente, sick, § 139a.

- dois, two.

- domestico, domestic, homely.

- o domingo, Sunday.

- donde, whence, § 135m.

- o dono, owner, proprietor.

- a dor, pain.

- dormir, to sleep, § 108g.

- dormitar, to sleep, slumber.

- o dote, dower, dowry, § 23.

- DOUBLE NEGATIVE, § 100e, 137.

- o dourado, a kind of fish;

- pp. of dourar.

- dourar, to embellish, ornament with gold.

- o doutor, doctor.

- doze, twelve.

- as duas, two, § 55.

- o duplo, double, § 62b.

- durar, to last.

- a duvida, doubt.

- duvidar, to doubt.

- duzentos, two hundred.

- a dynastia, dynasty.

E

- e, and, § 145 note.

- é, is (see ser, p. 79).

- economico, economic.

- o edeficio, edifice, building.

- a edição, edition.

- a educação, education.

- educado, educated.

- o effeito, effect;

- com effeito, indeed, § 134a.

- egual, see igual.

- egualmente, see igualmente.

- eis, adv., behold, § 134g.

- eleger, to elect.

- o elemento, element.

- elevar, to elevate, raise, lift.

- ella, she, it, § 65, 65d.

- elle, he, it, § 65, 65d.

- ELLIPTICAL EXPRESSIONS, § 124c, 146.

- a eloquencia, eloquence.

- eloquente, eloquent.

- em, in, § 122g, 131a, 140.

- embalar, to rock.

- embarcar, to embark.

- embora, away.

- emendar, to mend, reform.

- emfim, finally.

- emmagrecer, to grow thin.

- empallidecer, to turn pale.

- empecer, to hinder.

- o emprego, employment.

- emprehendedor, enterprising.

- emprestar, to lend, loan.

- encantador, charming, § 41e.

- encher, to fill.

- ENCLITICS, § 72c, e.

- encobrir, to cover.

- encontrar, to meet, find.

- a energia, energy.

- enfermo, ill, sick, infirm.

- enfraquecer, to grow weak.

- o engenheiro, engineer.

- o engenho, engine, mill; estate with a cane mill.

- engrandecer, to grow large, enlarge.

- engulir, to swallow.

- enjoado, seasick, nauseated.

- ensinar, to instruct, teach, § 123d.

- entalhar, to engrave.

- o ente, being.

- entender, to understand.

- enternecer, to move to compassion, melt.

- enterrar, to inter, bury.

- a entidade, being.

- a entrada, entrance.

- entrar, to enter.

- entregar, to deliver.

- entretanto, whilst.

- entreter, to entertain, support.

- entupido, obstructed.

- enviar, to send.

- envolver, to wrap up.

- o enxó, adz.

- enxugar, to dry.

- o enxurro, torrent.

- a época, epoch.

- a epocha, see época.

- equivocar-se, to mistake, to be mistaken.

- o eremita, hermit.

- erguer, to raise, arise, get up.

- errar, to err, go wrong.

- o erro, error, mistake.

- a escala, scale.

- escapar, to escape.

- escarpado, steep.

- a escola, school.

- escolher, to select, choose.

- esconder, to hide.

- a escravidão, slavery.

- o escravo, slave.

- escrever, to write, § 116.

- escripto, see escrever.

- o escrivão, notary.

- o escudo, shield.

- a escuma, foam.

- escuramente, darkly.

- as escuras (pl.), darkness; in the dark.

- escurecer, to darken, grow dark.

- escuro, dark.

- ESDRUXULOS, § 9e.

- o esforço, force, courage, effort.

- a esmola, charity.

- o espaço, space, room.

- a espada, sword.

- espairecer, to amuse one’s self.

- o espanto, alarm.

- especial, special.

- especialmente, especially.

- o espectaculo, show, performance.

- a esperança, hope.

- esperar, to hope, wait.

- a espingarda, gun.

- o espinho, thorn.

- espontaneo, spontaneous.

- a esposa, wife.

- esquecer, to forget, § 122e.

- esquerdo -a, left.

- esse -a, this, § 84, 89.

- o estado, state, condition.

- a estancia, estate.

- estanque, stagnant.

- estar, to be, § 109j, k, l, m, 110, 126b.

- este -a, this, § 84, 86, 90.

- estender, to extend.

- esterlina, sterling.

- a estima, esteem.

- a estrada, road;

- estrada de ferro, railway.

- estranho, strange, foreign;

- sm., stranger, outsider.

- estreito, narrow, close.

- a estrella, star.

- estremecer, to tremble.

- o estudante, student.

- estudar, to study.

- a eternidade, eternity.

- eterno, eternal.

- eu, I, § 65, 66c.

- a Europa, Europe.

- o evangelho, gospel.

- exacto, exact, true.

- exceder, to exceed.

- a excellencia, excellency, § 66.

- excellente, excellent.

- a excepção, exception.

- excepto, except.

- exclamar, to exclaim.

- o exemplo, example.

- o exercito, army.

- o exicio, ruin, destruction.

- a existencia, existence.

- existir, to exist.

- extender, see estender.

- a extensão, extent.

- extenso, vast, extensive.

- extincto, extinct.

- extranho, see estranho.

F

- a fabrica, factory.

- o fabríco, manufacture.

- fabuloso, fabulous.

- a faca, knife.

- a facada, knife cut.

- a façanha, feat, exploit.

- a face, face, cheek.

- facil, easy, § 139a.

- faço, see fazer, § 112.

- a faina, handling, rigging.

- falar, to speak, talk, § 107, p. 72.

- fallecer, to die, perish.

- faltar, to lack, be lacking.

- a fama, fame, renown, report.

- a familia, family.

- famoso, famous, § 143.

- o fanatismo, fanaticism.

- fantastico, fantastic.

- farto, full.

- fatal, fateful.

- o favor, favor, kindness.

- a fazenda, estate, treasury.

- o fazendeiro, planter.

- fazer, to do, make, § 112, p. 83, § 124c.

- a fé, faith.

- a febre, fever.

- fechar, to close, shut.

- o feijão, bean.

- feio, ugly.

- o feito, deed.

- o feixe, bundle, sheaf.

- a felicidade, happiness, good fortune.

- feliz, happy, fortunate.

- femea, female, § 26c.

- FEMININE ADJECTIVES, § 41.

- FEMININE NOUNS, § 26.

- ferir, to wound.

- fero, savage, ferocious.

- a ferocidade, ferocity.

- feroz, ferocious.

- o ferro, iron, § 23.

- a ferrugem, rust.

- fertil, fertile.

- fervoroso, fervent, zealous.

- a festa, festival, feast;

- dia de festa, holiday, saint’s day.

- o fevereiro, February.

- fez, see fazer, § 112.

- as fezes, dregs.

- ficar, to remain, become, be, § 125d.

- fiel, faithful.

- a figura, figure.

- o figurão, § 35.

- figurar, to figure, show.

- a filha, daughter.

- o filho, son, § 23.

- o fim, end.

- FINAL SYLLABLE ACCENT, § 9b.

- finalmente, finally.

- fincar, to drive in.

- fingir, to pretend.

- fino, fine.

- FIRST CONJUGATION, § 106, 107.

- fixo, fixed.

- fiz, see fazer, § 112.

- flammejar, to blaze.

- a flor, flower.

- florecer, to bloom, flower, blossom.

- o fogo, fire.

- o foguete, sky-rocket.

- foi, see ir, § 113;

- see ser, § 109o, p. 79.

- folgar, to rest, repose, enjoy, rejoice.

- a folha, leaf.

- o fome, hunger;

- com fome, hungry.

- a fonte, fountain, spring.

- fóra, prep., outside, away.

- a força, force.

- formar, to form, shape.

- a formiga, ant, § 26c.

- forrar, to line, § 124c.

- forte, strong.

- a fortuna, fortune.

- o fosforo, match.

- fosse, see ser, p. 80.

- o fossil, fossil, § 20. 6.

- fraco, weak.

- FRACTIONS, § 61.

- francez, French.

- a franqueza, frankness.

- fraquinho, quite weak.

- a frase, phrase.

- a frente, front, § 144.

- frequente, frequent.

- fresco, fresh.

- frigir, to fry, § 113, p. 86.

- frio, cold.

- frito, see frigir, p. 86.

- a fructa, see fruta.

- a fruta, fruit, § 29.

- o fruto, fruit, § 29.

- Fuão, § 94.

- fugir, to flee.

- fui, see ser, p. 79.

- fui, see ir, p. 87.

- o Fulano, § 94.

- fumegar, to smoke.

- o fumo, smoke, tobacco.

- o fundador, founder.

- fundar, to found, establish.

- funebre, funereal.

- o funíl, funnel, § 20. 6.

- o future, future (and adj.).

G

- o gado, cattle.

- a gallinha, hen.

- o gallinheiro, chicken house.

- o gallo, cock.

- ganhar, to gain, earn.

- o garfo, (table) fork.

- a garrafa, bottle.

- garrulento, garrulous, talkative.

- gastar, to spend, waste.

- o gato, cat.

- gelado, frozen, cold.

- o gelo, ice.

- gemedor, sighing, moaning.

- GENDER OF NOUNS, § 24.

- o general, general.

- generoso, generous.

- o genro, son-in-law.

- a gente, folks, people.

- gentil, gentle, nice, kind.

- o gentio, Gentile, pagan.

- geographico, geographical.

- a geologia, geology.

- geral, general.

- germinar, to germinate, sprout.

- GERUND, § 107, p. 75 note.

- o gesto, gesture, movement.

- gigantesco, gigantic.

- a gloria, glory.

- glorioso, glorious.

- gordo, fat, stout.

- gorgeiar, to warble.

- gostar, to like, § 122e.

- a gota, drop.

- o governador, governor.

- governar, to govern.

- o governo, government.

- gozar, to enjoy.

- a grammatica, grammar.

- grande, great, large, § 44b, 51.

- a gratidão, gratitude.

- o grau, degree.

- grave, grave, serious.

- grego, Greek.

- grosseiro, rough, coarse.

- grosso, thick, coarse, big.

- a gruta, grotto.

- o guarda, warder;

- sf., care.

- o guarda-chuva, umbrella.

- o guarda-sol, sunshade.

- a guerra, war.

- o guerreiro, warrior.

H

- ha, see haver, p. 79, § 109h.

- habil, skilful, able.

- a habilidade, ability, skill.

- habitar, to inhabit, § 140.

- haver, to be, to have, § 109a, c, h, o, p. 79.

- he, see é, § 13a.

- o hebreu, Hebrew (and adj.).

- hediondo, hideous, horrid.

- o hemispherio, hemisphere.

- a herança, inheritance.

- o heroe, hero.

- o hespanhol, Spaniard;

- adj., Spanish, § 41d.

- a historia, history, story.

- historico, historical.

- hoje, to-day;

- hoje em dia, nowadays.

- o holocausto, holocaust.

- o hombro, shoulder.

- o homem, man.

- a homenagem, homage.

- a honra, honor, § 23.

- honradamente, honorably.

- honrar, to honor.

- hontem, yesterday.

- a hora, hour;

- são tres horas, it is three o’clock, § 64.

- houve, see haver, p. 79.

- humano, human.

- humilde, humble.

- o hypocrita, hypocrite.

- a hypothese, hypothesis.

I

- ia, see ir, p. 87.

- a idade, age.

- a idéa, idea.

- o idioma, idiom, language.

- ignobil, ignoble.

- o ignorante, ignorant (and adj.).

- ignorar, to be ignorant of.

- a igreja, church.

- igual, equal.

- igualmente, equally.

- illicito, illicit, unlawful.

- illustre, illustrious, § 143.

- imaginar, to imagine, think, realize.

- o iman, lodestone.

- imbalar, see embalar, to rock.

- immaculado, immaculate.

- immediatamente, immediately.

- a immensidade, immensity.

- immenso, immense.

- a immortalidade, immortality.

- impedir, to impede, hinder, p. 87.

- IMPERATIVE, § 127, p. 100.

- imperceptivel, imperceptible.

- o imperio, empire.

- IMPERSONAL VERBS, § 121.

- importante, important.

- importar, to matter, amount to.

- a importunidade, importunity.

- impresso, see imprimir, § 117.

- imprimir, to print.

- a inanição, absence, emptiness.

- a incerteza, uncertainty.

- inchar, to swell.

- inclinado, inclined, bowed down.

- inclinar, to incline.

- incommodado, put out, incommoded, uneasy.

- incorporar, to incorporate.

- incorrigivel, incorrigible.

- indagar, to inquire, search.

- INDECLINABLES, § 134.

- INDEFINITE ARTICLE, § 17.

- a independencia, independence.

- independente, independent.

- o index, index, § 20. 2.

- INDICATIVE, § 128.

- o indio, Indian.

- indisposto, ill.

- o individuo, person, individual.

- indomito, ungovernable, indomitable.

- a industria, industry.

- inexgotavel, inexhaustible.

- a infamação, slander.

- a infancia, infancy.

- o infante, infant.

- infelíz, unfortunate.

- inferior, inferior, § 44g, 45.

- a influencia, influence.

- a informação, information.

- Inglaterra, England.

- inglez, English, § 28a.

- a iniciativa, initiative.

- o inimigo, enemy.

- a injuria, abuse.

- a injustiça, injustice.

- injusto, unjust.

- innumeravel, countless.

- inquieto, unstable, unquiet.

- inspirar, to inspire.

- o instante, instant.

- instinctivamente, instinctively.

- o instituto, institute.

- a instrucção, instruction.

- instructivo, instructive.

- insurgente, uprising, insurgent, rebellious.

- inteiramente, entirely, quite.

- inteiro, entire, whole.

- a intelligencia, intelligence.

- intelligente, intelligent.

- o intercessor, intercessor.

- interior, interior, § 44g;

- sm., interior.

- INTERJECTIONS, § 146.

- INTERROGATION, § 138.

- a intimidade, intimacy.

- a invasão, invasion.

- invencivel, invincible.

- o inverno, winter.

- invicto, invincible, unconquerable.

- invocar, to invoke, call upon.

- ir, to go, § 109f, g, 113, 122h, 125d.

- irlandez, adj., sm., Irish, Irishman.

- a irmã, or irman, sister.

- o irmão, brother.

- IRREGULAR COMPARISONS, § 45.

- IRREGULAR VERBS, § 110, 112, 113, pp. 81-88.

- ismaelita, Ismaelite.

- isso, this, § 85.

- isto, this, § 85.

- a Italia, Italy.

J

- já, already, now.

- jamais, never, § 136.

- o janeiro, January.

- a janella, window.

- o jantar, dinner.

- jantar, to dine.

- jazer, to lie (in the grave), § 112.

- o jazigo, grave.

- jejuar, to fast.

- João, John.

- o jogador, player.

- jogar, to play, game.

- o jogo, game.

- o joguete, jest, plaything.

- o jornal, journal.

- o jovem, youth.

- o jugo, yoke, servitude.

- o juiz, judge.

- o juizo, judgment.

- julgar, to judge.

- juncto, see junto.

- o junho, June.

- juntamente, jointly, together.

- junto, near, close by.

- o juro, interest (commercial).

- justamente, justly.

- justificar, to justify.

- justo, just.

- a juventude, youth (age of).

K

- o kilo, kilogram.

L

- la, her, it, § 65, 65b.

- lá, there, § 135r.

- o labio, lip.

- o laço, bond.

- lacteo, milky.

- o lado, side.

- o ladrão, thief, robber.

- ladrar, to bark.

- a lagoa, lake.

- a lança, lance, spear.

- lançar, to throw.

- o lapis, pencil.

- o lar, fireside, home.

- largamente, liberally.

- largo, wide, broad.

- a lata, tin can.

- a lavagem, washing.

- lavar, to wash.

- o lavor, labor, work, task.

- lê, see ler, p. 84.

- o leão, lion.

- a legua, league.

- a lei, law.

- o leite, milk.

- o leito, bed.

- a lembrança, remembrance.

- lembrar, to remember, § 122e.

- o leme, rudder.

- a lenha, fire-wood.

- a lente, lens;

- o lente, lecturer.

- lento, slow.

- ler, to read, § 112, p. 84.

- a letra, letter, § 23; handwriting.

- LETTERS, PRONUNCIATION OF, § 1.

- levantar, to lift, get up.

- levar, to carry.

- leve, adj., light.

- lhe, to him, her, it, § 65a, 70.

- li, see ler, p. 84.

- liberal, liberal.

- a liberdade, liberty, § 23.

- a libra, pound.

- a lição, lesson.

- licito, licit, lawful.

- o licor, liquor, drink, liquid.

- a lida, fatigue, toil.

- ligar, to unite, join.

- o limão, lemon.

- limitar, to limit.

- a limonada, lemonade.

- limpar, to clean, cleanse.

- limpo, clean.

- a lingua, tongue, language.

- a literatura, literature.

- livrar, to deliver, free.

- a livraria, library.

- livre, adj., free.

- livremente, freely.

- o livro, book.

- lo, § 15, 65b.

- o lobo, wolf.

- a locação, location.

- logo, presently, at once, just now, § 134, note.

- a loja, shop.

- o lombo, loin, roast.

- longe, far;

- de longe, afar, § 131a.

- longo, long.

- a loteria, lottery.

- a lousa, gravestone.

- louvar, to praise.

- o lugar, place, room.

- o lume, light.

- luminoso, luminous.

- os lusiadas, Lusiads, see p. 173.

- a luz, light;

- dar á luz, to publish.

- a lympha, water (poetic).

- lyrico, lyric.

M

- ma, see mau.

- a machina, machine.

- macho, male, § 26c.

- a madrinha, godmother.

- a madrugada, dawn.

- a magua, or magoa, grief.

- o mahommetano, Mohammedan.

- a mãi, or mãe, mother.

- maior, greater, § 44g, 45.

- mais, more, § 42, 44b.

- a majestade, majesty, p. 116.

- o mal, evil, § 20. 4.

- a mala, mail, traveling-bag.

- malcriado, ill-bred.

- a mancha, spot, splotch.

- mandar, to order, § 124b.

- a mandioca, a kind of plant.

- a maneira, manner, way, § 145.

- a manha, habit;

- pl., manners.

- a manhã, or manhan, morning.

- manso, tame, gentle.

- a manteiga, butter.

- a mão, hand.

- o mappa, map.

- o mar, sea.

- a maravilha, marvel.

- marcar, to mark.

- o março, March.

- a maré, tide.

- o marfim, ivory.

- o maribondo, wasp.

- o marido, husband.

- maritimo, belonging to the sea.

- o marmelo, quince.

- o martello, hammer.

- o martyr, martyr.

- mas, but.

- mascar, to chew.

- MASCULINE NOUNS, § 25.

- a massa, mass, dough.

- mastigar, to chew.

- a mata, forest, weeds, jungle.

- matar, to kill.

- a materia, matter, material.

- o mato, forest.

- mau, bad, § 41g.

- o mauro, or mouro, moor;

- adj., moorish.

- o mausoléu, mausoleum.

- me, me, § 65, 67.

- o medico, physician.

- medir, to measure, § 113, p. 87.

- a meia, stocking.

- o meiado, middle.

- o meio, middle, means; half, § 61.

- o mel, honey, § 20. 5.

- melhor, better, § 45.

- melhorar, to improve.

- a memoria, memory, memoir.

- mencionar, to mention.

- a menina, girl.

- o menino, boy.

- menor, smaller, § 45.

- menos, less, § 45.

- mente, § 134c, d.

- a mentira, lie, falsehood.

- mentiroso, lying.

- a mercê, mercy, § 66.

- merecer, to merit.

- o merecimento, merit.

- o merito, merit, desert.

- a mesa, table.

- mesmo, same, § 39b, 44c, 92, 93, 135j.

- MESOCLITICS, § 72b.

- o mestre, master, teacher.

- a metade, half.

- o metro, meter.

- metter, to put, place.

- meu, minha, etc., pro., § 76.

- o mez, month.

- a mica, mica.

- mil, one thousand.

- o milesimo, thousandth.

- milhão, million.

- os milhares, thousands.

- o milho, (Indian) corn.

- o milreis, milreis.

- mim, me, § 65, 67.

- a mina, mine.

- o mineiro, miner.

- minimo, smallest, least, § 45.

- o ministro, minister.

- o minuto, minute.

- a miseria, want.

- a misericordia, pity.

- misturar, to mix, mingle.

- a moça, young woman.

- a mocidade, youth.

- o moço, young man.

- a moda, fashion.

- MODEL VERBS, § 107.

- a moderação, moderation.

- modernamente, lately.

- a modestia, modesty.

- modesto, modest.

- o modo, manner.

- a molestia, sickness.

- molhado, wet, § 23.

- o momento, moment.

- a monarchia, monarchy.

- a montanha, mountain.

- o monte, hill, heap.

- a morada, dwelling-place.

- moral, moral.

- moralisar, to moralize, improve.

- o morango, strawberry.

- moreno, dark brown.

- morrer, to die, § 122e.

- o morro, hill.

- mortal, mortal.

- a morte, death.

- o morto, dead (man) (and adj.).

- a mosca, fly, § 26c.

- o mosteiro, monastery.

- mostrar, to show.

- mover, to move.

- o movimento, movement.

- a mucama, female house servant.

- mudar, to change, alter.

- mui, very.

- muito, adj., adv., many, much, very, § 53, 135e.

- a mulher, woman.

- a mulherona, large woman, § 34.

- a multidão, multitude.

- MULTIPLICATION, § 62.

- o mundo, world.

- o murmurio, purling.

- a musa, muse.

- o musgo, moss.

- a musica, music.

- o musulmano, Mussulman.

- o myope, near-sighted person.

- mysterioso, mysterious.

N

- na, nas, in the, § 15c.

- a nação, nation.

- nacional, national.

- nada, nothing, § 136.

- namorado, enamored.

- não, not, no, § 135g.

- o narigão, big nose, § 35.

- o nariz, nose.

- NASAL SOUNDS, § 4.

- nascente, dawning.

- nascer, to be born, rise (sun).

- natural, natural.

- a natureza, nature.

- a náu, ship.

- a navegação, navigation.

- navegar, to navigate, sail.

- o navio, ship.

- necessariamente, necessarily.

- necessario, necessary.

- NEGATION, § 100e, 136, 137.

- o negociante, merchant.

- o negocio, business, affair.

- o negro, black, negro (and adj.).

- nem, neither, nor, § 136.

- nenhum, no, neither, § 18, 100d, 101.

- o neto, grandson.

- ninguem, no one, § 100.

- o ninho, nest.

- a nitidez, nicety, neatness.

- o nivel, level.

- no, nos, in the, § 15c, 88.

- nobre, noble.

- a noite, night;

- de noite, by night, § 134.

- a noiva, bride.

- o nomade, wanderer;

- adj., wandering.

- o nome, name.

- nomear, to appoint.

- nono, ninth.

- a nora, daughter-in-law.

- o norte, north.

- o norte-americano, adj., North American.

- nós, we, § 65, 67.

- nosso, our, § 76.

- notavel, noteworthy, § 44. II, 143.

- as noticias, news.

- notorio, evident, manifest.

- NOUNS, § 19.

- NOUNS OF OPPOSITE SEX, § 28.

- NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES, SYNTAX, § 47-53.

- nove, nine.

- o novembro, November.

- a novidade, novelty, news.

- novinho, quite new, § 46.

- novo, new.

- num, numa, nuns, in a, etc., § 18.

- NUMERALS, § 17 note, 55, 63.

- o numero, number.

- numeroso, numerous.

- nunca, never.

O

- o, a, that, § 87.

- o, a, os, as, him, her, it, them, pro., § 65.

- o, a, os, as, art., the, § 14, 15, 16.

- OBJECTS OF VERBS, § 123.

- a obra, work, deed.

- a obrigação, obligation.

- obrigado, obliged.

- obrigar, to oblige.

- obrigatorio, obligatory.

- obsequioso, obsequious, obliging.

- a occasião, occasion.

- occasionar, to cause, occasion.

- o occidente, west.

- o oceano, ocean.

- o odio, hate, hatred.

- o oeste, west.

- a offensa, offense.

- offerecer, to offer.

- o officio, trade, office.

- oito, eight.

- olhar, to look, § 122h.

- o olho, eye.

- olvidar, to forget.

- a omissão, omission.

- a onça, panther, § 26c; ounce (weight).

- a onda, wave.

- onde, where.

- onze, eleven.

- a opinião, opinion.

- a oppressão, oppression.

- a opulencia, wealth.

- opulento, opulent, rich.

- ora, now, nevertheless.

- o orador, orator.

- orar, to pray, make a speech.

- a ordem, order.

- ordenar, to direct.

- ORDINALS, § 59.

- ordinariamente, ordinarily.

- ordinario, commonplace.

- o orfão, or orphão, orphan, p. 9.

- oriental, oriental, eastern.

- o oriente, orient, east.

- original, original.

- ORTHOGRAPHY, § 13.

- a ortiga, thistle.

- o osso, bone.

- ou, or, § 145b.

- ouço, see ouvir, p. 87.

- o ouro, gold.

- o outeiro, hill.

- outrem, another, § 89.

- outro, other, § 89, 90, 91.

- o outubro, October.

- ouvir, to hear, § 113, 124b.

- o ovo, egg.

P

- a paciencia, patience.

- padecer, to suffer, endure.

- o padre, priest.

- pagar, to pay.

- o pagem, page (boy).

- a pagina, page (of book).

- o pai, father;

- pl., parents.

- pais, see paiz.

- a paixão, passion.

- o paiz, country.

- a palavra, word.

- a palha, straw.

- o palitó, coat.

- a palmeira, palm tree.

- o palmito, small palm.

- a palpebra, eyelid.

- o pampa,[82] plain.

- a pancada, blow, beating, dash (of rain).

- o panno, cloth.

- o pão, bread, loaf.

- o papa, pope.

- o papagaio, parrot.

- o papel, paper, roll, § 20, 5.

- o par, par, pair.

- para, for, to, § 122h, 135n, 141r.

- pardo, gray;

- but homem pardo, mulatto.

- parecer, to appear, seem, § 126c.

- a parede, wall.

- o parente, kinsman, relative.

- a parte, part, § 23.

- particular, private.

- partir, to depart, start, § 107, pp. 72-74.

- o passado, past.

- o passageiro, passenger.

- passar, to pass.

- o passaro, bird.

- passear, to stroll, walk (for pleasure).

- o passo, step.

- paterno, paternal.

- o patio, courtyard, yard.

- a patria, one’s country, native land.

- patrio, paternal, national.

- o patriota, patriot.

- o pau, wood, tree.

- a paz, peace.

- o pé, foot.

- o pecego, peach.

- peço, see pedir, p. 87.

- o pedaço, piece.

- pedir, to ask for, request, p. 87.

- a pedra, stone.

- o Pedro, Peter.

- pegar, to catch.

- peior, worse, see mau, § 44g, 45.

- o peito, breast.

- o peixe, fish.

- pela, pelo, by the, § 15d, 88, 143.

- a pena, trouble, grief.

- penetrar, to penetrate.

- a peninsula, peninsula.

- a penna, feather, pen.

- o pensamento, thought, idea.

- pensar, to think.

- o pente, comb.

- PENULT ACCENTED, § 9c.

- pequeno, small;

- sm., small boy.

- perceber, to perceive.

- percorrer, to pass through or over.

- a perdão, pardon.

- perder, to lose, p. 84.

- perdoar, to pardon.

- a peregrinação, pilgrimage.

- o peregrino, pilgrim, traveler.

- perfeitamente, perfectly.

- perfeito, perfect.

- perguntar, to ask, inquire.

- o perigo, danger.

- PERIPHRASTIC VERB-PHRASES, § 125.

- permittir, to permit.

- a perola, pearl.

- perpetuamente, adv., perpetually.

- perpetuo, perpetual.

- perseguir, to pursue.

- PERSONAL INFINITIVE, § 133.

- a perspectiva, prospect.

- pertencer, to belong.

- perto, near.

- o peru, turkey.

- pesado, heavy.

- pescar, to fish.

- o pescoço, neck.

- o peso, weight.

- pessimo, worst, § 45.

- a pessôa, person.

- a petição, petition.

- phantastico, see fantastico.

- a pharmacia, pharmacy.

- philosophal, pedra philosophal, philosopher’s stone.

- a philosophia, philosophy.

- o philosopho, philosopher.

- PHONETIC SPELLING, § 13.

- a phrase, see frase.

- a picada, path.

- a pimenta, pepper.

- pinchar, to blow up, dismount.

- o pinheiro, pine tree.

- pintar, to paint, § 124c.

- o pinto, chick.

- o pintor, painter.

- o pires, saucer, § 20b.

- pisar, or pizar, to tread, grind.

- a piscina, baptismal font.

- a planicie, plain.

- a planta, plant.

- plantar, to plant.

- pleno, full.

- PLURAL ADJECTIVES, § 40.

- PLURALS, § 20.

- o pó, dust, powder.

- pobre, poor.

- a pobreza, poverty.

- poder, to be able, may, can, § 112, p. 84.

- o poder, power.

- o poderio, power.

- poderoso, powerful.

- o poema, poem.

- o poeta, poet.

- pois, why, then;

- pois não, certainly.

- poisar, to rest, repose, alight, perch; stay all night.

- politico, political.

- ponho, see por, p. 84.

- a ponta, point, end.

- a ponte, bridge.

- o ponto, point, place.

- a população, population.

- por, by, for, § 135a, o, 143.

- pôr, to put, place, § 112, p. 84.

- o porco, hog, pork.

- porem, but.

- porque, why, § 138.

- a porta, door.

- portanto, consequently.

- o porto, port.

- portuguez, adj., Portuguese;

- sm., Portuguese language.

- positivo, positive.

- possivel, possible.

- posso, see poder, p. 84.

- possuir, to possess.

- postiço, false, not natural.

- posto, see pôr, § 100f, p. 85.

- pouco, few, § 53.

- pousar, see poisar.

- o povo, people.

- a povoação, village, settlement.

- povoar, to people, p. 112 note.

- a praça, square;

- assentar praça, enlist.

- o prado, meadow, green field.

- o prata, silver.

- o prato, plate.

- o prazer, pleasure.

- prazer, to please, impersonal, see § 112, p. 85.

- preceder, to precede, § 124c.

- precioso, precious.

- precipitar, to precipitate.

- precisar, to need, be necessary, § 122e.

- preciso, necessary.

- o pregão, proclamation.

- pregar, to nail.

- a preguiça, laziness.

- preguiçoso, lazy.

- o premio, reward.

- prender, to seize, capture.

- preoccupar, to preoccupy.

- PREPOSITIONAL IDIOMS, § 144.

- PREPOSITIONS, 139.

- o presente, present (and adj.).

- prestar, to lend;

- não presta para nada, it is of no use.

- pretender, to expect, aim at, design, intend.

- o preto, black; negro.

- prever, to foresee.

- primeiro, first.

- o primor, beauty, perfection.

- a princeza, princess.

- o principe, prince.

- principiar, to begin, § 123d.

- a privação, privation.

- a proa, prow.

- a probidade, uprightness.

- o problema, problem.

- PROCLITICS, § 72a.

- procurar, to seek, search for.

- produzir, to produce, yield, § 110b.

- o professor, (male) teacher.

- a professora, (female) teacher.

- profundo, deep, profound.

- PROGRESSIVE PHRASES, § 123d.

- o progresso, progress.

- promover, to encourage, promote.

- prompto, see pronto.

- PRONOUNS, DEMONSTRATIVE, § 84.

- PRONOUNS, DETERMINATIVE, § 89.

- PRONOUNS, INDEFINITE, § 100.

- PRONOUNS, INTERROGATIVE, § 95.

- PRONOUNS, PERSONAL, § 65.

- PRONOUNS, POSSESSIVE, § 76-83.

- PRONOUNS, RELATIVE, § 96.

- pronto, ready.

- proposito, on purpose, § 144.

- a propriedade, property.

- proprio, proper, own, itself, § 39b, 139a.

- proseguir, to go on, continue.

- proteger, to protect.

- prospero, prosperous.

- prouve, see prazer, p. 85.

- a providencia, providence.

- a provincia, province.

- proximo, near.

- a prudencia, prudence.

- prudente, prudent.

- publico, public.

- pugnar, to fight, contend.

- punir, to punish.

- puro, pure.

- pus, see pôr, p. 84.

Q

- a quadra, season.

- o quadro, picture, square.

- quadruplo, quadruple.

- quaes, see qual.

- qual, which, § 93, 95, 96, 97, 98.

- a qualidade, quality.

- qualquer, either, whichever.

- quando, when;

- quando muito, at most.

- a quantidade, quantity.

- QUANTITY, § 10.

- quanto, how much, § 100g;

- em quanto, while, § 100i.

- quão, how.

- quarenta, forty.

- a quarta-feira, Wednesday.

- o quarto, room.

- quasi, almost.

- quatorze, fourteen.

- quatro, four, § 55.

- que, how, § 134f.

- que, than, § 145.

- que, what, who, which, § 95, 96, 97, 102a, b.

- quebrar, to break.

- o queijo, cheese.

- queimar, to burn.

- queixar, to complain, § 126b.

- quem, who, § 95, 96, 98.

- quemquer, anybody, whoever, § 100a.

- querer, to wish, want, § 112, p. 85, § 122b.

- querido, dear, beloved.

- a questão, question.

- quiça, who knows, perhaps, § 134b.

- quieto, quiet.

- a quinta-feira, Thursday.

- quinze, fifteen.

- quiz, see querer, p. 85.

R

- a rã, see ran.

- a raça, race.

- a rainha, queen.

- a raiva, rage.

- o ramo, branch.

- a ran, frog, § 26c.

- a rapariga, girl.

- o rapaz, boy, fellow.

- rapidamente, rapidly.

- raro, rare.

- rasgar, to tear.

- o rato, rat.

- a razão, reason.

- real, royal;

- sm., real, § 20. 4.

- realisar, to realize.

- realmente, really, genuinely, indeed.

- o recado, word, errand, order.

- recear, to apprehend, fear.

- receber, to receive.

- o recem-chegado, newcomer.

- a recompensa, reward.

- o reconhecimento, gratitude.

- a rede, net, hammock.

- a redea, rein.

- redímo, see remir, p. 87.

- redor, around, § 144.

- reduzir, to reduce.

- REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS, § 67.

- REFLEXIVE VERBS, § 126.

- o reflexo, reflex.

- o refolho, fold.

- reforçar, to grow strong.

- a reforma, reform.

- regalar, to feast, entertain.

- regar, to irrigate, wet.

- reger, to rule, govern, guide.

- a região, region.

- o regimento, rule.

- regressar, to return.

- REGULAR VERBS, § 104, 106, 108.

- a rehabilitação, rehabilitation.

- o rei, king.

- o reinado, reign.

- o reino, kingdom.

- a relação, relation; court.

- RELATED NOUNS, § 28-29.

- RELATIVE SUPERLATIVE, § 43.

- o relatorio, report.

- a reliquia, relic.

- o relogio, watch, clock.

- o remedio, remedy.

- a reminiscencia, reminiscence.

- remir, to redeem, p. 87.

- a remissão, pardon.

- o remorso, remorse.

- renovar, to renew.

- repartir, to divide.

- a repetição, repetition.

- repetir, to repeat.

- repousar, to rest, repose.

- reprehender, to reprehend.

- requerer, to request, § 112.

- o requinte, climax, height.

- a resina, resin.

- a resistencia, resistance.

- resistir, to resist.

- o respeito, respect.

- respirar, to breathe, blow gently.

- responder, to reply, respond.

- responsavel, responsible, § 143.

- restar, to rest, remain.

- resumir, to resume.

- retirar, to retire, withdraw.

- o retiro, retreat.

- retribuir, to reward.

- reunir, to rejoin, unite.

- a reverencia, reverence.

- reverendo, reverend.

- a revista, review.

- a revolução, revolution.

- o ribeirão, gulch.

- o ribeiro, brook, creek.

- rico, rich, § 44a.

- o rio, river.

- a riqueza, riches, wealth.

- rir, to laugh, § 113, p. 87.

- robusto, robust.

- a roca, rock.

- a rocha, rock.

- a roda, wheel;

- a roda de, § 144.

- rodar, to roll.

- rogar, to ask.

- a romaria, pilgrimage.

- a rosa, rose.

- o rosto, face.

- roubar, to rob, steal.

- a roupa, clothing.

- a rua, street.

- o rubi, ruby.

- a rudeza, rudeness.

- ruim, bad.

- o rumo, direction, bearing.

- rural, rural.

S

- S. = São, Santo, q. v.

- o sabbado, Saturday.

- a sabedoria, wisdom.

- saber, to know, § 112, p. 85.

- o sabiá, robin.

- o sabio, wise man;

- adj., wise.

- o sacrificio, sacrifice.

- a sacristia, sacristy, vestry.

- sagrado, sacred.

- sahir, to go out, § 110, p. 82.

- o sal, salt.

- a sala, hall, large room.

- saldar, to close, balance (accounts).

- salgar, to salt.

- saltar, to jump.

- salutar, salutary.

- sam, see são, § 13a.

- sanctificado, pp., sanctified.

- o sangue, blood.

- sanguinoso, bloody.

- a santidade, holiness.

- santo, or sancto, holy, saint, § 51.

- são, saint; sound, § 41b, p. 116 note.

- são, see ser, § 109, p. 79.

- o sapato, shoe.

- a sapiencia, wisdom.

- satisfeito, satisfied.

- a saudade, longing.

- saudoso, longing, yearning.

- a sciencia, science.

- scismar, to be apprehensive or pensive.

- se, pro., § 65, 67, 74.

- sê, see ser, p. 79.

- a secca, drought.

- secco, dry, § 23.

- secreto, secret.

- o seculo, century.

- a seda, silk.

- a sêde, thirst;

- a sede, seat.

- seguir, to follow, § 108g, 124c;

- seguir viagem, go on.

- a segunda-feira, Monday.

- segundo, second.

- a segurança, safety, security.

- sei, see saber, p. 85.

- o seio, bosom.

- seis, six.

- seja, see ser, § 102, 109.

- o sello, (postage) stamp, seal.

- a selva, woods.

- o selvagem, savage.

- sem, without.

- a semana, week.

- semear, to sow, plant.

- semelhante, such, similar.

- sempre, always.

- o senador, senator.

- senão, except.

- o senhor, gentleman, sir, mister; you, § 66.

- a senhora, lady, madam, Mrs., § 66, 66a, 135g.

- a senhoria, lordship, § 66.

- o senhorio, domain; owner of a property.

- sensato, sensible.

- sentar, to seat.

- o sentido, sense, meaning.

- sentir, to feel, § 124a.

- o sepulchro, sepulcher.

- a sepultura, burial.

- ser, to be, § 109, p. 79, § 124a.

- sereno, serene;

- sm., dew.

- serio, serious.

- a serra, mountain range.

- o sertão, interior, backwoods.

- o serviço, service.

- servir, to serve, § 108g.

- o servo, servant.

- sete, seven.

- o setembro, September.

- setimo, seventh, § 59b.

- seu, his, her, your, § 76.

- o sexo, sex.

- a sexta-feira, Friday.

- sexto, sixth.

- si, if, whether.

- si, pro., § 67, 74.

- sido, see ser, § 109, p. 81.

- o signal, sign.

- o silencio, silence.

- sim, yes, § 135f, g.

- SIMILAR WORDS, § 148.

- simples, single, simple, § 51.

- singular, singular.

- sinto, see sentir.

- situado, pp., situated.

- SLANG, § 7.

- só, somente, only.

- sob, below, § 144.

- sobre, over, on, about.

- a sobremesa, dessert.

- a sobriedade, sobriety.

- o sofá, sofa.

- soffrer, to suffer.

- o soffrimento, suffering.

- o sol, sun.

- a sola, sole (leather).

- o soldado, soldier.

- soletrar, to spell.

- o solo, soil.

- soltar, to loose.

- a solução, solution.

- a sombra, shade, shadow.

- o somno, sleep.

- sonhar, to dream.

- o sonho, dream.

- o sopro, breath.

- o sorriso, smile.

- a sorte, lot, fate, manner.

- o sorvedouro, gulf, vortex.

- sosinho, quite alone.

- sou, see ser, p. 79.

- soube, see saber, p. 85.

- SPECIAL USES OF VERBS, § 124.

- sua, his, her, its, § 76.

- suavamente, softly.

- subir, to climb, § 122i.

- SUBJECTS OF VERBS, § 120, p. 91.

- subjugar, to overcome.

- SUBJUNCTIVE, p. 74, § 127, 128, pp. 100, 101.

- sublime, sublime.

- o successo, result, outcome, success.

- o sudario, shroud.

- SUFFIXES, § 32, 33.

- a suggestão, suggestion.

- a Suissa, Switzerland.

- sujeitar, to subject.

- sujo, dirty, soiled.

- o sul, south.

- sumir, to disappear.

- superior, higher, § 44g, 45.

- superno, excellent (old form of supremo).

- a superstição, superstition.

- o supplicante, petitioner.

- suppor, to suppose, § 125c.

- supremo, final, supreme.

- surdo, deaf.

- o surdo-mudo, deaf-mute.

- suscitar, to raise up, rouse up.

- a suspeita, suspicion.

- o suspiro, sigh.

- o sussurro, murmur.

- sustentar, to sustain.

- a syllaba, syllable.

- SYLLABICATION, § 11.

- o symptoma, symptom.

- a synagoga, synagogue.

- SYNCRETIC FORMS, § 13b.

T

- a taboa, board.

- taciturno, silent, taciturn.

- tal, such, § 93, 94.

- o talento, talent.

- a talhada, slice.

- o talião, retribution, reprisal.

- talvez, perhaps, § 129, p. 101.

- tamanho, so large, so great.

- tambem, also, § 134b.

- tanto, as much, as many, § 89, 100f, g.

- tão, so.

- tarde, late.

- te, thee, § 65b, 67.

- a telha, tile.

- tem, see ter, p. 79.

- o temor, fear, dread.

- o tempero, seasoning (of food).

- o templo, temple.

- o tempo, time, weather.

- o temporal, storm.

- tenho, see ter, p. 79.

- tenro, tender.

- a tentação, temptation.

- ter, to have, § 109a, d, o, p. 79, § 126a.

- a terça-feira, Tuesday.

- o terceiro, third.

- o terço, third, § 61.

- a terra, earth.

- o terreno, land, ground.

- terrivel, terrible.

- teu, pro., thy, § 76.

- o thesouro, treasure.

- THIRD PERSON, § 66.

- ti, to thee, § 65, 67.

- a tia, aunt.

- tido, see ter, p. 79.

- o tigre, tiger, § 26b.

- o tijolo, brick.

- a tinta, ink.

- o tio, uncle.

- tirar, to take off, out or away.

- o tiro, shot.

- o titulo, title.

- tive, see ter, p. 79.

- tocar, to touch.

- todo, all, § 100h;

- de todo, entirely, § 144.

- o tolo, fool.

- tomar, to take.

- TONE ACCENT, § 9.

- torcer, to twist.

- o tormento, torture.

- tornar, to return. Before another verb with a it means to repeat: tornei a visitar, ‘I visited again.’

- torpe, base, vile.

- a torrente, torrent.

- torto, twisted, wrong, crooked, § 134a.

- tortuoso, crooked.

- o trabalhador, workman.

- trabalhar, to work.

- o trabalho, work, labor.

- trabalhoso, laborious.

- a traça, moth-worm.

- traduzir, to translate.

- trago, see trazer, p. 86.

- tratar, to treat of, care for.

- trazer, to fetch, bring, § 112, p. 86.

- o trem, train.

- tremulo, trembling.

- tres, three.

- as trevas, darkness, § 21.

- treze, thirteen.

- a tribu, tribe.

- o tributo, tribute.

- a trilha, track.

- o trilho, rail (of railway).

- trinta, thirty.

- triplado, triplo, triple, § 62b.

- triste, sad.

- a tristeza, sadness.

- o troco, change, exchange.

- a trombeta, trumpet.

- o tronco, trunk (of tree).

- trouxe, see trazer, p. 86.

- o trovador, troubadour.

- trovejar, to thunder.

- tu, thou, § 65.

- tua, thy, § 76.

- tudo, all, § 100c.

- a tumba, hearse.

- o tumulo, tomb.

- tupi, Indian (Brazilian).

- a turba, rabble.

- o turco, Turk.

U

- ultimo, last.

- o ultramar, over seas, beyond the seas.

- um, uma, one, a, § 17, 91.

- ungir, to anoint.

- unico, only, single.

- unir, to unite.

- o universo, universe.

- UNRELATED NOUNS, § 28c, 31.

- uns, some, § 17, 100a.

- usar, to use.

- a usina, factory.

- o uso, use.

- util, useful.

V

- va, see ir, p. 87.

- a vacca, cow.

- vadiar, to idle.

- vae, see ir, p. 87.

- o vagar, leisure;

- de vagar, slowly.

- a vaidade, vanity.

- valente, strong.

- valer, to be worth, p. 86.

- valeroso, brave, valorous.

- valho, see valer, p. 86.

- a vantagem, advantage.

- vão, vain, § 41b.

- vão, see ir, p. 87.

- o vapor, steam, steamer.

- a varanda, veranda.

- VARIABLE MEANINGS, § 23.

- VARIABLE PARTICIPLES, § 114, p. 88.

- a varzea, plain.

- vasto, vast.

- o veado, deer.

- a vegetação, vegetation.

- a veiga, meadow.

- vejo, see ver, § 112, p. 86.

- a vela, sail.

- a velhice, old age.

- velho, old;

- sm., old man.

- vem, see vir, § 113, p. 88.

- vencedor, victorious, conquering.

- vencer, to conquer, vanquish.

- vender, to sell.

- o venerador, venerator.

- veneravel, venerable.

- venho, see vir, § 113, p. 88.

- o vento, wind.

- a ventura, good fortune, luck.

- ver, to see, § 112, p. 86.

- VERBS, § 103.

- VERBS, AUXILIARY, § 109.

- VERBS, IRREGULAR, § 110.

- VERBS, MODEL, § 107.

- VERBS, REGULAR, § 106.

- a verdade, truth.

- verdadeiramente, truly.

- verdadeiro, true, genuine, real.

- verde, green.

- a vergonha, shame.

- vermelho, red.

- a versão, version.

- o verso, verse.

- o vestigio, trace.

- vestir, to put on, dress, § 122i, 124c.

- a vez, time, § 62.

- vi, see ver, p. 86.

- a via, way.

- a viagem, voyage, trip.

- viajar, to travel.

- viçar, to grow rank.

- viciar, to demoralize, vitiate.

- o vicio, vice.

- vicioso, vicious.

- a victima, victim.

- a victoria, victory.

- a vida, life.

- vil, vile, base, bad.

- a villa, town, city.

- vim, see vir, p. 88.

- o vinho, wine.

- vinte, twenty.

- a vintena, score.

- violento, violent.

- vir, to come, § 109n, p. 88, § 122h.

- a virgem, virgin.

- a virtude, virtue.

- visitar, to visit.

- a vista, view, sight, § 134a.

- visto, pp. of ver, p. 86, § 145.

- o vituperio, disgrace, shame.

- a viuva, widow.

- viver, to live, exist.

- vivo, alive.

- a vizinhança, neighborhood.

- o vizinho, neighbor.

- o vocabulo, word.

- a vocação, vocation.

- você, you, § 66, 147.

- a vogal, vowel.

- volcão, see vulcão.

- voltar, to return, turn to.

- o volume, volume.

- a vontade, will, wish, desire.

- vos, ye, you, § 65, 66d, 67.

- vosso, your, § 76.

- votar, to vote, devote, vow.

- vou, see ir, p. 87.

- VOWELS, § 2.

- a voz, voice.

- o vulcão, volcano.

- vulgar, popular, well known.

Z

- o zelo, zeal, pl., § 23.

- a zona, zone, region.

FOOTNOTES:

[82] This word is feminine in Argentine Spanish from which it is introduced. In Rio Grande do Sul, where it is likewise used, it is masculine.

ENGLISH-PORTUGUESE VOCABULARY

A

- aboard, a bordo;

- go aboard, embarcar.

- about: talk about, de;

- discourse about, sobre;

- look about, em roda;

- think about, em;

- walk about the streets, passear pelas ruas.

- accident, o disastre.

- account, a conta.

- acquainted with, conhecer.

- advice, o conselho.

- afterwards, depois.

- again, mais, outra vez.

- ago, a year ago, ha um anno, § 64.

- agreeable, agradavel.

- all, todo -a, § 144.

- always, sempre.

- American, americano.

- and, e.

- animal, o animal.

- another, outro.

- around, em roda.

- arrange, arranjar, concluir, combinar.

- arrest, prender.

- arrive, chegar.

- ask, pedir, rogar, perguntar, convidar (see Portuguese definitions).

- at, a, § 141.

- awake, accordar.

- away, embora, fora;

- far away, longe.

B

- back (come), voltar.

- bad, mau, § 41g.

- bar, a barra (of stream).

- baroness, a baroneza.

- bath, o banho.

- be, estar, § 109, p. 79, § 125b; ser, § 109, p. 79, § 156b.

- beautiful, bonito, bello.

- before, antes (in time); adiante (in space).

- begin, principiar.

- believe, acreditar.

- best, o melhor, § 45.

- better, melhor, § 45.

- big, grande.

- black, preto.

- blind, cego.

- blow, soprar, ventar, fazer vento.

- book, o livro.

- boot, a bota, a botina.

- both, ambos, os dois, um e outro, § 90a.

- box, a caixa, o caixão, p. 130 note.

- boy, o menino.

- Brazilian, brazileiro or brasileiro.

- bread, o pão.

- breakfast, o almoço.

- bring, trazer.

- brother, o irmão.

- business, o negocio.

- busy, occupado.

- but, mas, porem, apenas.

- buy, comprar.

C

- can, poder, p. 84.

- candle, a vela.

- capital, o, a capital, § 31.

- case, o caso.

- cat, o gato.

- certainty, a certeza.

- chair, a cadeira.

- change, mudar, trocar.

- cheap, barato.

- city, a cidade.

- close, fechar, tapar.

- coffee, o café.

- cold, frio.

- come, vir, p. 88, § 122h.

- consul, o cónsul.

- contented, contente.

- cost, custar.

- country, o paiz.

- cover, cobrir.

- cow, a vacca.

- crooked, torto.

- curate, o cura.

- custom, o costume.

D

- dark, escuro.

- daughter, a filha.

- dear, caro.

- decide, decidir.

- deck (on deck), a ponte.

- deep, profundo.

- dependent, dependente.

- deputy, o deputado.

- die, morrer.

- different, differente.

- difficult, difficil.

- difficulty, a difficuldade.

- dining-room, a sala de jantar.

- dinner, o jantar.

- direction, o rumo.

- do, fazer, § 112, 124c.

- docile, docil.

- dog, o cachorro, o cão.

- door, a porta.

- doubt, a duvida.

- dress, vestir.

- drop, a gota.

- drown, afogar.

- duck, o pato.

E

- each, cada, cada um, § 100f.

- easy, facil.

- egg, o ovo.

- either, qualquer, § 100a;

- either ... or, ou ... ou, § 145b.

- elect, eleger.

- else, outro.

- embark, embarcar.

- employment, o emprego.

- English, inglez.

- enough, bastante;

- it is enough, basta.

- enter, entrar.

- esteem, estimar.

- everything, tudo, § 100c.

- extinct, extincto.

F

- fashion, a moda.

- father, o pai.

- feather, a penna.

- federal, federal.

- fellow, o rapaz, companheiro.

- fetch, trazer.

- fever, a febre.

- field, o campo, a roça.

- fish, o peixe.

- fish hook, o anzol.

- flower, a flor.

- follow, seguir.

- foot, o pé.

- fork, o garfo.

- fortune, a fortuna.

- four, quatro, § 59.

- friend, o amigo.

- fruit, a fruta, § 29.

- fry, frigir, § 115.

G

- get (there), chegar.

- girl, a menina, a rapariga, a moça.

- give, dar.

- glass, o copo.

- go, ir, § 109g, 113, 125d.

- good, bom, boa, § 41g, 45.

- great, grande.

H

- half, a metade, meio.

- handsome, bonito, bello.

- hard, difficil, duro.

- hat, o chapeo.

- have, ter, § 109, p. 79; haver, § 109a, p. 79.

- health, a saude.

- help, o remedio.

- hen, a gallinha.

- her, ella, § 65; seu, § 76.

- here, aqui, cá, § 135a, b.

- hill, o morro.

- his, seu, sua, etc., § 76.

- home, a casa, o domicilio.

- hope, esperar.

- horse, o cavallo.

- hot, (to be), fazer calor, § 121.

- hour, a hora.

- house, a casa.

- how, como.

- how much, quanto, § 100f, g.

- hunger, a fome.

- hungry, com fome, § 122d.

I

- I, eu, § 65, 66c.

- if, si.

- immediately, logo, já.

- important, importante.

- impress, impressionar.

- in, em, no, na, § 15c, 122g, 134a, 137.

- invite, convidar.

- it, elle, ella, § 65.

J

- John, João.

- just now, § 135q.

K

- kill, matar.

- knife, a faca;

- penknife, o canivete.

- knock, batter.

- know, saber, p. 85; conhecer (be acquainted with).

L

- lady, a senhora.

- land, o paiz, a terra.

- lard, a banha.

- large, grande.

- law, a lei.

- lazy, preguiçoso.

- leave, deixar, sahir, partir, afastar-se.

- lens, a lente.

- lesson, a lição.

- letter, a carta, a letra.

- light, ascender.

- like, gostar.

- likely to, capaz de.

- Lisbon, Lisboa.

- little, pequeno; pouco, § 100f.

- live (dwell), morar.

- loaf (of bread), o pão.

- long, comprido.

- lose, perder.

- loud, alto, forte.

- love, amar.

- low, baixo.

M

- make, fazer.

- man, o homem.

- match, o fosforo.

- may, poder, p. 84.

- me, me, mim, § 65, 67.

- meat, a carne.

- mend, concertar.

- merchant, o negociante.

- mine, pro., meu, § 76.

- mine, a mina.

- minute, o minuto.

- moment, o momento.

- money, o dinheiro.

- more, mais, § 42, 44b, f, 45.

- morning, a manhã.

- most, o mais.

- mother, a mãi.

- mountain, a serra, a montanha.

- much, muito.

- mud, a lama.

- my, meu, minha, etc., § 76.

N

- napkin, o guardanapo.

- nation, a nação.

- near, perto.

- necessary, preciso, necessario.

- neighbor, o vizinho.

- neither ... nor, nem um nem outro, § 136, 145c.

- never, nunca.

- new, novo.

- next, proximo;

- next day, dia seguinte.

- night, a noite.

- no, não, § 135g.

- nobody, ninguem.

- noise, o barulho.

- no matter, não faz mal, não importa.

- no one, ninguem, § 100.

- nor, nem, § 136, 145c.

- not, não, § 135g; nem, § 136.

- notable, notavel.

- nothing, nada.

- now, agora.

- nowadays, hoje em dia, § 134a.

O

- obliged, obrigado.

- occasion, a occasião.

- o’clock, horas, § 64.

- of, de, § 122e, f, 124c, 134, 139, 144.

- officer, o official.

- old, velho, antigo.

- on, sobre, em, no, na, § 122g, 134a.

- one, um, uma, § 55.

- opinion, a opinião.

- oppress, opprimir.

- or, ou.

- order, a ordem.

- order (v.), mandar, mandar fazer, dirigir.

- other, outro.

- our, nosso, § 76.

- outside, fora.

- own, proprio.

- owner, o dono, o proprietario, o senhorio.

- ox, o boi.

P

- paper, o papel.

- parents, os pais, § 23.

- pass, passar.

- pay, pagar.

- pen, a penna.

- pencil, o lapis.

- people, o povo.

- perhaps, talvez.

- person, a pessoa.

- physician, o medico.

- piece, o pedaço.

- pity, a pena; a lastima.

- place, o lugar.

- plate, o prato.

- please, agradar, tenha a bondade (have the kindness to).

- pleased, contente.

- poor, pobre, § 51.

- poor fellow, poor thing, poor man, coitado -a.

- population, a população.

- port, o porto.

- Portuguese, portuguez.

- possible, possivel.

- potato, a batata.

- prepare, preparar, aprontar.

- present, o presente;

- at present, por ora.

- pretty, bonito.

- prince, o principe.

- print, imprimir, § 117.

- promptly, prontamente.

- prudent, prudente.

Q

- question, perguntar.

- quite, bem, § 145; algum tanto, inteiramente.

R

- railway, a estrada de ferro.

- rain, a chuva, chover (to).

- rapidly, depressa.

- rat, o rato.

- read, ler.

- request, pedir.

- respect, o respeito.

- retire, retirar-se.

- return, voltar.

- rice, o arroz.

- rich, rico.

- ridiculous, ridiculo.

- river, o rio.

- road, a estrada, o caminho.

- rose, a rosa.

- run away, fugir.

S

- satisfactorily, satisfactoriamente.

- say, dizer, § 112.

- seasick, enjoado.

- see, ver, § 112, p. 86.

- sell, vender.

- sharp, agudo;

- ‘ten o’clock sharp,’ ás dez horas em ponto.

- shop, a loja.

- short, curto.

- sick, doente.

- since, desde, depois.

- single, um só.

- sir, o senhor, § 66.

- sister, a irmã or irman.

- slowly, devagar.

- small, pequeno.

- some, uns, alguns, § 17, 100a.

- somewhat, um tanto, § 135s.

- son, o filho.

- soon, cedo.

- speak, falar.

- spend, gastar.

- spoon, a colher.

- state, o estado.

- steamer, o vapor.

- still, conj., ainda, todavia, com tudo.

- storm, o temporal.

- straw, a palha.

- street, a rua.

- strong, forte.

- such, tal, § 89, 93.

- suit, convir, § 121.

- sun, o sol.

- surround, cercar, rodear.

T

- table, a mesa.

- take, tomar, levar.

- take away, tirar.

- talk, falar, § 107.

- tall, alto.

- tea, o chá.

- terrible, terrivel.

- than, que, de, § 145a.

- that, aquelle -a, § 84, 87.

- the, a, o, as, os, § 14, 15, 16.

- then, então, naquelle tempo.

- there, ahi, ali, lá, acolá, § 135c, d, r.

- thing, a cousa.

- this, este, esse, § 84, 86.

- tiger, o tigre, a onça.

- tile, a telha.

- time, o tempo;

- what time is it? see § 64; a vez, § 62.

- to, a, § 123a, b, 124, 141.

- to-day, hoje.

- to-morrow, amanhã.

- track, a linha, o trilho.

- travel, viajar.

- trip, a viagem.

- twice, duas vezes.

- two, dois, duos, § 55.

U

- ugly, feio.

- under, em baixo.

V

- valley, o valle.

- venerable, veneravel.

- very, mui, muito, § 44d, 135c.

- village, a aldeia, a povoação, o arraial, a villa.

- visit, visitar.

- volcano, o vulcão.

W

- waken, accordar.

- walk, passeiar, andar.

- walk, o passeio.

- want, querer, desejar.

- water, a agua.

- we, nos, § 65, 67, 72.

- week, a semana.

- well, bem, § 134h.

- what, que, o que, § 95-97, 102a, b; qual, § 95, 96, 98.

- when, quando.

- whence, donde.

- where, onde.

- whether, si.

- which, qual, § 95-98.

- while, em quanto;

- in a little while, d’aqui a pouco.

- white, branco.

- who, quem, § 96.

- whoever, quem quer, § 102.

- wife, a mulher, a esposa.

- window, a janella.

- wine, o vinho.

- with, com.

- wolf, o lobo.

- woman, a mulher.

- woods, o mato.

- work, trabalhar.

- world, o mundo.

- worse, peior, § 44g, 45.

- worth, valer, p. 86.

- worthy, digno.

- write, escrever, § 116.

Y

- year, o anno.

- yellow, amarello.

- yes, sim, § 135f, g, h.

- yesterday, hontem.

- you, vos, § 65, 67, 72.

- young, novo.

- young man, o moço.

- young woman, a moça, a donzella.

- your, vosso, seu, § 76.

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A BRIEF GRAMMAR OF THE PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE WITH EXERCISES AND VOCABULARIES ***

Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will be renamed.

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.

START: FULL LICENSE

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE

PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg License available with this file or online at www.gutenberg.org/license.

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any country other than the United States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this eBook.

1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided that:

- • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”

- • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.

- • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of receipt of the work.

- • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work, and (c) any Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg

Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.

The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza #516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg electronic works

Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.

Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility: www.gutenberg.org.

This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

Table of Contents

A BRIEF GRAMMAR OF THE PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE

PREFACE

FOOTNOTES:

CONTENTS

THE PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE

FOOTNOTES:

I. SOUNDS AND ACCENTS

ALPHABET

PRONUNCIATION

Sounds of the Vowels

DIALECTICAL

ACCENT MARKS

TONE ACCENT

List of Words having the Accent on the Penult

List of Words having the Accent on the Antepenult

QUANTITY

SYLLABICATION

CAPITAL LETTERS

ORTHOGRAPHY

List of Common Syncretic Forms

FOOTNOTES:

II. ARTICLES

DEFINITE ARTICLE

Use of the Definite Article with Prepositions

INDEFINITE ARTICLE

FOOTNOTES:

III. NOUNS

INFLECTION

PLURAL FORMATION

GENDER OF NOUNS

QUALIFYING SUFFIXES

Examples

Augmentatives

Diminutives

FOOTNOTES:

IV. ADJECTIVES

PLURAL

FEMININE

COMPARISON

Table of Comparison

IRREGULAR COMPARISONS

AUGMENTATIVE AND DIMINUTIVE ADJECTIVES

SYNTAX OF NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES

FOOTNOTES:

V. NUMERALS

55. THE CARDINALS

THE ORDINALS

61. THE FRACTIONS

62. MULTIPLICATION

63. NUMERAL SUBSTANTIVES

64. IDIOMS

FOOTNOTES:

VI. PRONOUNS

PERSONALS

Reflexive Personal Pronouns

POSSESSIVES

DEMONSTRATIVES

DETERMINATIVES

INTERROGATIVES

RELATIVES

INDEFINITE

FOOTNOTES:

VII. VERBS

CONJUGATIONS

GENERAL TERMINATIONS OF THE REGULAR VERBS

Indicative Mood

Subjunctive Mood

Imperative Mood

Infinitive

Participles

MODEL VERBS

Indicative

Subjunctive

Imperative

Infinitive

Participles

OBSERVATIONS ON THE REGULAR VERBS

AUXILIARY VERBS

Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verbs

IRREGULAR VERBS

Reference List of the Irregular Parts of Irregular Verbs

VARIABLE PARTICIPLES OF REGULAR VERBS

FIRST CONJUGATION

116.SECOND CONJUGATION[53]

117.THIRD CONJUGATION

DEFECTIVE VERBS

THE SUBJECTS OF VERBS

OBJECTS OF VERBS

SPECIAL USES OF VERBS

PERIPHRASTIC VERB PHRASES

REFLEXIVE VERBS

IMPERATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE

THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND THE INDICATIVE

PERSONAL INFINITIVE

FOOTNOTES:

VIII. THE INDECLINABLES

ADVERBS

NEGATION

INTERROGATION

PREPOSITIONS

CONJUNCTIONS

INTERJECTIONS

ABBREVIATIONS USED IN WRITING

SIMILARITY OF WORDS IN THE TWO LANGUAGES

FOOTNOTES:

EXERCISES

I PRONUNCIATION OF THE VOWELS

Vowel-Compounds: Pure Diphthongs

Nasal Diphthongs

II PRONUNCIATION OF THE CONSONANTS

III ACCENTS[64]

IV SYLLABICATION

V DEFINITE ARTICLE

Vocabulary

VI INDEFINITE ARTICLE

Vocabulary[65]

VII PLURAL OF NOUNS

Vocabulary

VIII GENDER OF NOUNS

Vocabulary—Nouns of Opposite Sex

IX RELATED AND UNRELATED NOUNS OF OPPOSITE SEX

Vocabulary

X SUFFIXES—AUGMENTATIVES

Vocabulary

XI DIMINUTIVES

Vocabulary

XII ADJECTIVES

Vocabulary

XIII COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

Vocabulary

XIV NUMERALS

Vocabulary

XV PERSONAL PRONOUNS

Vocabulary

XVI POSSESSIVES

Vocabulary

XVII DEMONSTRATIVES

Vocabulary

XVIII INTERROGATIVES

Vocabulary

XIX RELATIVES

Vocabulary

XX INDEFINITES

Vocabulary

XXI REGULAR VERBS

Vocabulary

XXII REGULAR VERBS WITH ORTHOGRAPHIC AND PHONETIC CHANGES

Vocabulary

XXIII THE AUXILIARY VERBS

Vocabulary

XXIV IRREGULAR VERBS

Vocabulary

XXV VARIABLE PARTICIPLES

Vocabulary

XXVI DEFECTIVE VERBS; SUBJECTS OF VERBS

Vocabulary

XXVII IMPERSONAL VERBS

Vocabulary

XXVIII OBJECTS OF VERBS; SPECIAL USES

Vocabulary

XXIX PERIPHRASTIC VERB-PHRASES

Vocabulary

XXX REFLEXIVE VERBS

Vocabulary

XXXI IMPERATIVE, SUBJUNCTIVE, INDICATIVE, AND PERSONAL INFINITIVE

Vocabulary

XXXII ADVERBS

Vocabulary

XXXIII NEGATION AND INTERROGATION

Vocabulary

XXXIV PREPOSITIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS

Vocabulary

XXXV ABBREVIATIONS

Vocabulary

XXXVI SIMILARITY OF WORDS

FOOTNOTES:

XXXVII EXAMPLES OF STYLE

THE NEW TESTAMENT

XXXVIII

XXXIX

XL

XLI

XLII

XLIII

XLIV

FOOTNOTES:

VOCABULARIES

ABBREVIATIONS

PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

Z

FOOTNOTES:

ENGLISH-PORTUGUESE VOCABULARY

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

Y

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE